WO2012081661A1 - Method of constructing mounting base - Google Patents
Method of constructing mounting base Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2012081661A1 WO2012081661A1 PCT/JP2011/079026 JP2011079026W WO2012081661A1 WO 2012081661 A1 WO2012081661 A1 WO 2012081661A1 JP 2011079026 W JP2011079026 W JP 2011079026W WO 2012081661 A1 WO2012081661 A1 WO 2012081661A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- metal
- bolt
- metal plate
- installation
- foundation
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 65
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 637
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 637
- 239000004567 concrete Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 268
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 261
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 206
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 206
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 198
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 126
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 126
- 239000004568 cement Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 115
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 claims description 69
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000009411 base construction Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012407 engineering method Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 137
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 97
- 239000012778 molding material Substances 0.000 description 50
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 28
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000010426 asphalt Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000009415 formwork Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004078 waterproofing Methods 0.000 description 9
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000005429 filling process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004378 air conditioning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011150 reinforced concrete Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920006223 adhesive resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011796 hollow space material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010953 base metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012779 reinforcing material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E04—BUILDING
- E04D—ROOF COVERINGS; SKY-LIGHTS; GUTTERS; ROOF-WORKING TOOLS
- E04D13/00—Special arrangements or devices in connection with roof coverings; Protection against birds; Roof drainage ; Sky-lights
- E04D13/14—Junctions of roof sheathings to chimneys or other parts extending above the roof
- E04D13/1407—Junctions of roof sheathings to chimneys or other parts extending above the roof for flat roofs
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16M—FRAMES, CASINGS OR BEDS OF ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS, NOT SPECIFIC TO ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; STANDS; SUPPORTS
- F16M9/00—Special layout of foundations with respect to machinery to be supported
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S25/00—Arrangement of stationary mountings or supports for solar heat collector modules
- F24S25/60—Fixation means, e.g. fasteners, specially adapted for supporting solar heat collector modules
- F24S25/61—Fixation means, e.g. fasteners, specially adapted for supporting solar heat collector modules for fixing to the ground or to building structures
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24S—SOLAR HEAT COLLECTORS; SOLAR HEAT SYSTEMS
- F24S25/00—Arrangement of stationary mountings or supports for solar heat collector modules
- F24S25/60—Fixation means, e.g. fasteners, specially adapted for supporting solar heat collector modules
- F24S25/61—Fixation means, e.g. fasteners, specially adapted for supporting solar heat collector modules for fixing to the ground or to building structures
- F24S25/617—Elements driven into the ground, e.g. anchor-piles; Foundations for supporting elements; Connectors for connecting supporting structures to the ground or to flat horizontal surfaces
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
- F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
- F24F13/00—Details common to, or for air-conditioning, air-humidification, ventilation or use of air currents for screening
- F24F13/32—Supports for air-conditioning, air-humidification or ventilation units
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
- Y02E10/40—Solar thermal energy, e.g. solar towers
- Y02E10/47—Mountings or tracking
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an installation foundation construction method, and more specifically, to a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame, a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank,
- the present invention relates to a method for constructing a foundation for use in installing machinery such as septic tanks and air conditioners, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a solar cell panel installation structure.
- a formwork is produced at a place where a solar cell panel is installed, and a foundation is formed and transported by placing and curing concrete in the formwork.
- This is a structure in which the solar cell panel and its mount are assembled on the foundation.
- the formwork since the formwork must be manufactured at the construction site, it takes time and effort to cure the concrete poured into the formwork, and in a short construction period. Cannot make a stationary structure.
- a concrete or reinforced concrete foundation is manufactured in advance at a foundation parts manufacturing factory, and the foundation is used as a roof of a concrete structure. And transported to underground construction sites. After that, a thin cement layer is formed on the roof or underground slab installation site, the cement layer is used as an adhesive layer, the foundation is placed on top of it, and it is integrated with the slab. Prepare for. Since the solar cell panel mounting structure disclosed in Patent Document 1 does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation for installing the solar cell panel, it saves that much labor, and at the construction site The construction work can be simplified, the time for curing the concrete can be omitted, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
- An object of the present invention is to make a strong foundation for attaching a mechanical device or a building to a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame.
- An object of the present invention is to provide an installation foundation construction method capable of reducing labor and cost required for foundation installation and shortening the construction period of the foundation.
- the premise of the first and second inventions for solving the above-described problems is that the steel frame is formed at a predetermined location of a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame. This is the installation method of the installation foundation.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary mounting step of temporarily mounting a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to the lower end of the metal pipe at a predetermined location on the concrete floor;
- An installation height adjustment process for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt screwed to the board to the metal plate;
- a bolt hole first drilling step for drilling a first support bolt insertion hole in the plate, and a second support bolt insertion hole in the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the metal plate and a steel frame
- Bolt hole second drilling step for drilling a support bolt third insertion hole in the beam, and inserting the support bolt into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, and the support bolt is attached to the metal plate and the steel beam via a predetermined fixing means.
- a frame material installation step for installing a frame material for closing a gap between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base and the outer periphery of the metal base and the outer peripheral edge of the base, and an upper surface of the concrete floor.
- the installation foundation construction method immediately after the cement hardened material is filled into the space and before the curing period of the hardened cement material has elapsed, the top opening of the metal tube is blocked by the metal lid, and the top opening of the metal tube is covered by the metal lid.
- the curing period of the hardened cement material starts after it is blocked, and after the curing period, the portion of the support bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate is integrated with the hardened cement material. .
- the metal plate includes a first portion extending radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion extending radially outward of the metal tube, and in the bolt hole first drilling step,
- the support bolt first insertion hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate, and the bolt hole second drilling step is performed on the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the support bolt first insertion hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate.
- the support bolt second insertion hole is drilled and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam.
- the support bolt fixing step the support bolt is inserted into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, and a predetermined fixing means is provided.
- the support bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam.
- the concrete floor has a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a press provided on the waterproof layer.
- the holding concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab installed in the steel beam.
- the metal base is temporarily installed so that the metal tube and the first part of the metal plate are positioned on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam.
- the support bolt second insertion hole is drilled in the slab and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam in accordance with the position of the support bolt first insertion hole formed in the second portion.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary mounting step of temporarily mounting a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to the lower end of the metal pipe at a predetermined location on the concrete floor;
- An installation height adjustment process for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt screwed to the board to the metal plate;
- Bolt hole drilling process for drilling bolt holes in the plate, anchor hole drilling process for drilling anchor holes in the concrete floor according to the position of the bolt holes formed in the metal plate, and anchor bolts being inserted into the bolt holes and anchor holes
- a frame material installation process for installing a frame material that closes a gap between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base and the concrete floor and between the concrete floor and the outer peripheral edge of the base; and between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate It has
- the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid, and the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid.
- the curing period of the cured product starts, and after the curing period, the portion of the anchor bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate is integrated with the cement cured product.
- the metal plate includes a first portion extending radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion extending radially outward of the metal tube.
- Bolt holes are drilled in the second part of the plate, and in the anchor hole drilling process, anchor holes are drilled in the concrete floor in accordance with the positions of the bolt holes formed in the second part of the metal plate, and in the anchor bolt fixing process, The anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the second portion of the metal plate through a predetermined fixing means.
- the concrete floor has a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a press provided on the waterproof layer.
- the holding concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab installed in the steel beam.
- the metal plate is temporarily installed so that the metal pipe and the first part of the metal plate are located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam.
- An anchor hole is drilled in the slab in accordance with the position of the bolt hole formed in the two portions.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a waterproof layer installation step of installing a waterproof layer covering the metal base, and the waterproof layer installation step includes a waterproof layer extending outside the metal base. Connect to the waterproof layer of the concrete floor.
- the second portion of the metal plate is located between the first side plate and the first side plate that rises upward from the periphery thereof, and rises upward from the second portion.
- the second side plate is connected, and in the installation foundation construction method, the cemented product is filled in a space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate.
- the second portion of the metal plate is located between the first side plate and the first side plate that rises upward from the periphery thereof, and rises upward from the second portion.
- the second side plate is connected, and the installation foundation construction method includes a space closing step of closing the space by fixing the top plate to the top of the space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate.
- a filling hole for filling a cement hardened material into a space is formed at a predetermined portion of the metal plate.
- the filling hole is formed into a space. Fill with hardened cement.
- a confirmation hole for confirming the cement hardened material filled in the space is formed in a predetermined portion of the metal plate.
- a confirmation hole is formed in the cement hardened material filling step.
- the space is filled with the cement hardened material while confirming the filling state of the cement hardened material in the space.
- the temporary installation step of temporarily installing the metal base at a predetermined location of the concrete floor, and the installation height from the upper surface of the concrete floor of the temporarily installed metal base Adjusting the installation height adjusting process, bolt hole first drilling process for drilling the first support bolt insertion hole in the metal plate, and supporting the concrete floor according to the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the metal plate
- Support bolt fixing process for fixing the support bolt to the metal plate and the steel beam frame material installation process for installing the frame material between the outer periphery of the metal base and the concrete floor, the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate
- the base is made from the cement hardened material filling process to fill the space between the cement hardened material and the metal tube closing process to fix the metal lid on the top of the metal tube,
- the installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation, and it is not necessary to cure the hardened cement material to create the foundation at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site.
- the labor, cost, and time required for curing the hardened cement can be saved, the construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly shortened.
- the support bolt is fixed to the metal plate and the steel beam, the space is filled with the hardened concrete, and the support bolt is integrated with the hardened cement after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed.
- the installation foundation Since this load is shared between the support bolt and the hardened cement material, not only can the installation foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, mechanical equipment such as air conditioning equipment, It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- the installation foundation construction method the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with cement hardened material, and the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation is defined as a support bolt.
- the hardened cement hardened material Since it is shared with the hardened cement hardened material, it will not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, making a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings be able to.
- the installation foundation construction method even if the gap between the concrete floor and the outer periphery of the metal base is blocked by the frame material and the hardened cement is filled in the space, the hardened cement leaks from the gap (space).
- the top of the metal tube can be closed with a metal lid immediately after filling the space with cement hardened material and without waiting for the cement hardened material curing period, and wait for the cement hardened material curing time Since the installation work of the next foundation can be performed without it, the construction period for the curing period of the hardened cement can be shortened, and the construction period of the foundation can be greatly shortened.
- the installation foundation construction method can freely adjust the installation height of the metal foundation from the upper surface of the concrete floor during construction of the foundation, and can immediately respond to the request for changing the height dimension of the foundation. In the installation foundation construction method, when installing a plurality of them, the height dimensions of the foundations can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations can be made uniform.
- the metal plate includes a first portion and a second portion, and in the bolt hole first drilling step, the support bolt first insertion hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate, and in the bolt hole second drilling step, the metal plate In the support bolt fixing step, the support bolt second insertion hole is drilled in the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the second portion of the steel frame, and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam.
- the foundation construction method for inserting the support bolt into the first through third insertion holes of the support bolt and fixing the support bolt to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam via the fixing means is the construction site when the foundation is constructed.
- the support bolt is the second part of the lightweight metal base metal plate It can be fixed to the steel beam and filled with cement hardened material in the space, and the foundation can be constructed simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, Cost and time can be saved, construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly reduced.
- the support bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam, the space is filled with the hardened concrete, and after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed, the support bolt becomes integrated with the hardened cement.
- the load applied to the foundation is shared by the support bolt and the hardened cement material, not only can the foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also machines such as solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioning equipment, etc. It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with equipment, buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with hardened cement, and the load applied to the foundation when a machine or building is installed on the foundation is hardened with the support bolt.
- the installation foundation construction method secures the area of the metal plate by extending the metal plate radially outward of the metal tube to form the second part, and supports the load applied to the foundation by the metal plate, instead of the metal tube Therefore, the weight of the metal tube can be reduced, and as a result, the weight of the foundation can be reduced.
- the concrete and waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam, and the metal tube and metal plate A metal base is temporarily installed so that the first part is located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam, and is formed in the second part of the metal plate in the bolt hole second drilling step.
- the mounting foundation construction method of drilling the support bolt second insertion hole in the slab in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole and drilling the support bolt third insertion hole in the steel beam is a lightweight metal base.
- the foundation installation site is a slab with a waterproof layer with waterproof function on the roof or basement of an existing steel structure, the exposed slab after removing the waterproof layer at the installation site
- the foundation can be installed immediately, and immediately after the foundation is installed, the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer is applied), so the foundation can be installed quickly and the time required to install the foundation Can be greatly shortened.
- the temporary installation step of temporarily installing the metal base at a predetermined location of the concrete floor, and the installation height from the upper surface of the concrete floor of the temporarily installed metal base An installation height adjusting step for adjusting, a bolt hole drilling step for drilling a bolt hole in a metal plate, an anchor hole drilling step for drilling an anchor hole in a concrete floor according to the position of the bolt hole formed in the metal plate, An anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the metal plate through the fixing means, and the outer periphery of the metal base and the concrete floor Cement hardened material in the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate Since the foundation is made from the cement hardened material filling process to fill and the metal pipe closing process to fix the metal lid on the top of the metal pipe, each basic part made into a general-purpose part is assembled as a unit system by each process, so construction work Can be made
- the installation foundation construction method it is not necessary to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation, and it is not necessary to cure the hardened cement to create the foundation at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. Fix the bolt to the metal plate and anchor hole of the lightweight metal base, fill the space with cement hardened material, and just fix the metal lid on the metal base, you can build the foundation, The labor, cost, and time required for curing the hardened cement can be saved, the construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly shortened.
- anchor bolts are fixed to metal plates and anchor holes, the space is filled with hardened concrete, and after the curing period of hardened cement has passed, the anchor bolt is integrated with the hardened cement to the foundation.
- the hardened cement hardened material Since it is shared with the hardened cement hardened material, it will not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, making a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings be able to.
- the installation foundation construction method even if the gap between the concrete floor and the outer periphery of the metal base is blocked by the frame material and the hardened cement is filled in the space, the hardened cement leaks from the gap (space).
- the top of the metal tube can be closed with a metal lid immediately after filling the space with cement hardened material and without waiting for the cement hardened material curing period, and wait for the cement hardened material curing time Since the installation work of the next foundation can be performed without it, the construction period for the curing period of the hardened cement can be shortened, and the construction period of the foundation can be greatly shortened.
- the installation foundation construction method can freely adjust the installation height of the metal foundation from the upper surface of the concrete floor during construction of the foundation, and can immediately respond to the request for changing the height dimension of the foundation. In the installation foundation construction method, when installing a plurality of them, the height dimensions of the foundations can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations can be made uniform.
- the metal plate includes a first portion and a second portion, and the bolt hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate in the bolt hole drilling step, and the bolt formed in the second portion of the metal plate in the anchor hole drilling step.
- An anchor hole is drilled in the concrete floor according to the position of the hole, and in the anchor bolt fixing process, the anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole and the anchor bolt is fixed via the fixing means.
- the foundation construction method to fix to the second part of the metal plate is not necessary to produce the formwork at the construction site when constructing the foundation, and of course cement hardening to make the foundation at the foundation parts manufacturing factory and construction site There is no need to cure the object, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate of the lightweight metal base and the anchor hole. Fill the space with cement hardened material and build a foundation simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, saving labor, cost, and time for mold fabrication and cement hardened material curing At the same time, the construction work can be simplified and the construction period can be greatly shortened.
- anchor bolts are fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the anchor hole, the space is filled with hardened concrete, and the anchor bolt is integrated with the hardened cement after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed. Since the load on the foundation is shared between the bolt and the hardened cement, not only can the foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also machines such as solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioning equipment, etc. It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with equipment, buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with hardened cement, and the load applied to the foundation when a machine or building is installed on the foundation is hardened with the anchor bolt. Since the load is applied to the hardened cement material, it will not be inadvertently tilted by the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, and a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings will be created. Can do.
- the installation foundation construction method secures the area of the metal plate by extending the metal plate radially outward of the metal tube to form the second part, and supports the load applied to the foundation by the metal plate, instead of the metal tube Therefore, the weight of the metal tube can be reduced, and as a result, the weight of the foundation can be reduced.
- the concrete and waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam, and the metal tube and metal plate
- the metal base was temporarily installed so that the first part was located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam.
- the installation foundation construction method of drilling an anchor hole in the slab according to the bolt hole position is to fix the anchor bolt to the second part of the metal plate of the lightweight metal base and the anchor hole, and fill the space with cement hardened material
- the foundation can be constructed simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, saving labor, cost and time for the production of the formwork and curing of the hardened cement.
- the construction time of that amount can be greatly shortened.
- the foundation installation site is a slab with a waterproof layer with waterproof function on the roof or basement of an existing steel structure, the exposed slab after removing the waterproof layer at the installation site
- the foundation can be installed immediately, and immediately after the foundation is installed, the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer is applied), so the foundation can be installed quickly and the time required to install the foundation Can be greatly shortened.
- the foundation construction method for connecting the waterproof layer extending outside the metal base to the waterproof layer of the concrete floor is based on the provision of the waterproof layer. Even when installed on the concrete floor outdoors, water can be prevented from entering the metal base, and the base can be prevented from being corroded or reduced in strength due to water entering the metal base. Moreover, the entrance of water to the concrete floor can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor and the steel frame due to the entrance of water can be prevented.
- the mounting foundation construction method in which the first side plate and the second side plate are connected to the second portion of the metal plate, and the space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate is filled with the cement hardened material is the first method. Since the second side plate functions as a reinforcing plate that increases the strength of the metal plate, deformation and breakage of the metal plate are prevented by the side plates, and an installation base having excellent strength can be made.
- the installation foundation construction method fills the space with cement hardened material, so the support bolts or anchor bolts are not exposed in the space, and the bolt can be prevented from corroding or loosening. And the metal plate can be prevented from being released, and the loss of the function as the foundation due to the loosening of the bolt can be prevented.
- the first and second side plates function as reinforcing plates that increase the strength of the metal plate, so that deformation and breakage of the metal plate are prevented by the side plates, and an installation foundation having excellent strength is made.
- the support bolts or anchor bolts are not exposed to the outside and water can be prevented from entering the space. Therefore, corrosion of the bolts can be prevented. Release of the fixation with the metal plate can be prevented. Since the installation foundation construction method only blocks the top opening of the space with the top plate, the period of curing the hardened cement can be shortened compared to the case where the hardened cement is filled in the space. Can be shortened.
- the installation foundation construction method for filling the cement hardened material into the space from the filling hole formed in the predetermined place of the metal tube is possible to fill the space with the cement hardened material using the filling hole. Therefore, the hardened cement can be reliably filled in the space.
- the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation can be shared between the support bolt or anchor bolt and the hardened cement hardened material. It is not inadvertently inclined or the foundation collapses, and it is possible to create a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings.
- the cement hardened material filling process confirm the basic construction method to fill the space with cement hardened material while confirming the filling state of the cement hardened material in the space from the confirmation hole formed in the predetermined place of the bottom wall of the metal pipe It is possible to check the filling state of the cement hardened material filled in the space using holes, the cement hardened material is not filled in the space, and the cement hardened material can be filled evenly throughout the space. it can.
- the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation can be shared between the support bolt or anchor bolt and the hardened cement hardened material. It is possible to create a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings without inadvertent inclination or collapse of the foundation.
- FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 1.
- the figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG. The top view of a metal foundation.
- the figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG. The figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG.
- FIG. 11 is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 10.
- FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 1.
- the top view of a metal foundation The side view of a metal foundation.
- the figure which shows an example of the construction procedure of the installation foundation of FIG. The figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG.
- the figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG. The figure which shows the construction procedure of the installation foundation which continues from FIG.
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the installation foundation 10A shown as an example.
- one installation base 10A installed on the steel structure 11 is illustrated, but the number of the foundations 10A is not limited to that shown in the drawing, and generally two or more foundations 10A are provided. It is installed in the steel structure 11.
- FIG. 2 is a top view of the mounting base 10A
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a construction procedure for the installation foundation 10A
- FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a construction procedure for the installation foundation 10A continued from FIG.
- FIG. 6 is a top view of the metal base 16
- FIG. 7 is a side view of the metal base 16.
- the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1
- the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2
- the front-back direction is indicated by an arrow X3.
- the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10A excluding a part is shown as a cross section.
- the installation foundation 10A is installed at a predetermined installation location on the rooftop or underground of a new or existing steel structure 11 (any steel structure including a steel building).
- the installation place is a slab installed at the intersection of a steel column and a steel beam on the roof or underground.
- slab means “floor slab”, but in this embodiment, it is used to include not only the underground floor of the steel structure 11 but also the roof of the roof.
- the steel structure 11 on which the foundation 10A is installed is formed of a steel frame 54 and a concrete floor 12 provided on the frame 54, as shown in FIG.
- the steel frame 54 is formed of a steel column 55 and a steel beam 56.
- An H-section steel having a web 57 and a flange 58 is used for the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56.
- Concrete 59 is cast on the H-shaped steel of the steel column 55.
- the H-shaped steels are connected via a connecting plate 60 fixed to the flanges 58.
- the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56 may be any one of a square steel pipe, a circular steel pipe, an angle steel, a grooved steel, and a C-shaped steel.
- the concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14 provided on the slab 13, and a pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) provided on the waterproof layer 14.
- a pressing concrete 15 memory layer
- the concrete floor 12 may be formed only from the slab 13. Further, although not shown, a plurality of reinforcing bars are embedded in the slab 13.
- the installation foundation 10A is installed on a concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12.
- the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of supporting bolts 19, the mortar 20 (cured cement), the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 (frame material) Using each standardized (standardized) basic component, the basic component is assembled by a predetermined manual procedure to make an installation base 10A.
- An example of the installation foundation construction method will be described as follows, taking the case where the installation foundation 10A is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11 as an example. First, the installation location of the foundation 10A on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location of the concrete floor 12 is marked. At the installation location, as shown in FIG. And the waterproof layer 14 are removed, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed.
- the illustrated concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14, and pressing concrete 15, but the concrete floor 12 is not limited to that illustrated, and other configurations currently in use are used.
- This installation foundation 10A can be constructed on all concrete floors. For example, in the case of a concrete floor in which a synthetic resin is further applied onto a concrete slab to form a resin film, the resin film, the pressing concrete, and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor at the foundation installation location to expose the concrete slab.
- a drilled portion at a position where the reinforcing bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) avoids the reinforcing bars is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- a support bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (bolt hole first drilling step).
- the metal base 16 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a basic part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site.
- the metal base 16 is disposed on the slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12.
- the metal base 16 is formed of a hollow cylindrical metal tube 23 and a metal plate 24 having a substantially rectangular planar shape.
- the metal base 16 is manufactured by welding a metal tube 23 to the upper surface of the metal plate 24.
- the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 are made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy.
- the metal tube 23 (including the first portion 30 described later) of the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56.
- a second portion 31 described later of the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided in the steel beam 56.
- the metal base 16 is lighter than the reinforced concrete foundation because the concrete is omitted. Therefore, by using the metal base 16, the weight of the foundation 10A can be significantly reduced.
- the metal tube 23 has each side plate 25 having a substantially rectangular shape, and its cross section is formed into a substantially rectangular shape.
- the metal tube 23 is disposed on the upper surface of the central portion of the metal plate 24, and the lower end edge thereof is joined (fused) to the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding.
- a hollow space 26 is defined by the side walls 25 in the metal tube 23, and a top opening 27 surrounded by the upper edge of the side plates 25 is formed at the top of the metal tube 23.
- a plurality of fixing bolt screw holes 29 for screwing the lid fixing bolts 28 are formed on the top of the metal tube 23.
- a female screw (not shown) into which the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed is formed in the fixing bolt screw hole 29.
- the metal plate 24 includes a first portion 30 extending radially inward (laterally inside the metal tube 23) from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23, and radially outward (laterally of the metal tube 23) from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23. And a second portion 31 extending outward in the direction).
- a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed are formed in the first portion 30 (see FIG. 6).
- a female screw (not shown) into which the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed is formed in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32.
- the first portion 30 is provided with a plurality of reinforcing plates 35 extending in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.
- the reinforcing plates 35 are joined (fused) to the inner surface of the metal tube 23 and the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding.
- the reinforcing plate 35 functions as a reinforcing material that increases the strength of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24.
- the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 has both end edges (periphery) extending in the lateral direction and both side edges (periphery) extending in the front-rear direction.
- a rectangular first side plate 36 erected upward from the end edge along both end edges thereof is joined (fused) to the second portion 31 by welding, and a rectangular erected upward from the side edge along both side edges thereof.
- the first side plate 36 is joined (fused) by welding.
- the first side plates 36 connected to the edge of the second portion 31 (including the first portion 30) extend in the lateral direction in parallel with each other.
- the first side plates 36 connected to the side edges of the second portion 31 extend in the front-rear direction in parallel with each other.
- the rectangular second side plate 37 located between the first side plates 36 and rising upward from the second portion 31 is joined (fused) to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 by welding.
- the second side plates 37 extend in the front-rear direction in parallel with each other.
- the first and second side plates 36 and 37 function as reinforcing plates that increase the strength of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- a space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the first side plate 36 is defined in the metal base 16.
- the space 38 is filled with mortar 20 (cured cement), and the mortar 20 is cured in the space 38 (see FIG. 3).
- a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top plate may block the opening of the space 38. In this case, the space 38 is not filled with the mortar 20, and the top plate is joined (fused) to the upper end edges of the first and second side plates 36 and 37 by welding.
- a plurality of support bolt insertion holes 39 (support bolt first insertion holes) through which the support bolts 19 are inserted are formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 (see FIG. 6).
- the support bolt insertion hole 39 is made by a drill and penetrates the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 in the vertical direction.
- These support bolt insertion holes 39 are arranged in the second portion 31 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction.
- eight support bolt insertion holes 39 are formed.
- the number of the insertion holes 39 is not particularly limited, and the number is determined by structural calculation (strength calculation) performed before the foundation 10A is installed. .
- the first portion 30 of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 is directly above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56.
- the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is located immediately above the slab 13 provided in the steel beam 56, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 abuts on the upper surface of the slab 13.
- the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13, supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the height adjusting bolt 18 is a hexagonal bolt formed from a shaft 44 on which a male screw (not shown) is made and a bolt head 45. The shaft 44 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed in advance into an adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 formed in the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24.
- the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 When the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated counterclockwise in the bolt head 45, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances downward from the bolt screwing hole 32 and extends downward from the lower surface of the first portion 30. 45 contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be spaced apart from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 by a predetermined dimension. Conversely, when the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated clockwise, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances upward from the bolt screw hole 32 and extends upward from the lower surface of the first portion 30. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be brought close to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16 is separated upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and between the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24.
- a space 46 having a predetermined height is formed.
- the adjusting bolt 18 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in the adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 to adjust the distance between the metal base 16 and the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the height dimension of the space 46 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16, and the metal from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 can be adjusted.
- the height dimension of the base 16 can be adjusted up to the length of the bolt 18.
- the height dimension of the metal base 16 can be freely changed during the construction of the installation foundation 10A by using the height adjusting bolt 18, and immediately the change of the height dimension of the foundation 10A is requested. Can respond.
- the height dimensions of the foundations 10A when installing a plurality of installation foundations 10A, the height dimensions of the foundations 10A can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations 10A can be made uniform.
- a support bolt insertion hole 40 (support bolt second insertion hole) is drilled in the drilled location marked using a drill.
- a support bolt insertion hole 61 (support bolt third insertion hole) is drilled in the upper flange 58A of the H-shaped steel (bolt hole second drilling step).
- the support bolt insertion hole 40 penetrates the concrete slab 13 in the vertical direction, and the support bolt insertion hole 61 penetrates the upper flange 58A in the vertical direction.
- the support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61 coincide with the positions of the support bolt insertion holes 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- These support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction at a predetermined interval.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10A continuing from FIG. 5
- FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10A continuing from FIG.
- the support bolts 19 are made of steel and are standardized general-purpose products having the same length and diameter, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a base part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site. .
- the support bolt 19 has a first fixed end portion 47 and a second fixed end portion 48, and an intermediate portion 49 extending between the first and second fixed end portions 47 and 48.
- the first fixed end portion 47 extends upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and the second fixed end portion 48 extends downward from the upper flange 58A.
- the intermediate portion 49 is located in the support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61.
- a hexagonal double nut 50 (fixing means) is screwed onto a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the support bolt 19 that extends upward from the metal plate 24, and the second fixed end of the support bolt 19.
- a hexagonal double nut 51 (fixing means) is screwed onto the portion 48, and the support bolt 19 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the H-shaped steel upper flange 58A (support bolt fixing step).
- the mortar is placed in the space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG. 29 (hardened cement) is filled and the mortar 20 is cured.
- a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 instead of filling the mortar 20, and the space 38 is formed by the top plate.
- the top opening is closed (space closing process). In this case, the space 38 is not filled with the mortar 20 and the top plate is joined (fused) to the upper end edges of the first and second side plates 36 and 37 by welding.
- a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is placed at the intersection of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, and the formation is completed.
- the mold member 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 via an adhesive (not shown).
- a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, and the molding material 22 is fixed to the pressing concrete 15 and the slab 13 via an adhesive (not shown) (frame material installation). Process).
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23.
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 creates a gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block it.
- the waterproof layer 21 is formed on the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outer side of the metal plate 24 (the upper surface of the mortar 20 filled with the space 38 or the upper surface of the top plate closing the space 38).
- Waterproof layer installation process a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the outside of the metal plate 24, and the outside of the molding material 22 to form the waterproof layer 21.
- a portion (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) extending outward from the second portion 31 of the plate 24 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the concrete floor 12.
- asphalt waterproofing is used to create an asphalt sheet layer by stacking multiple thin asphalt sheets.
- the asphalt sheet is fixed to the side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the mortar 20, the first and second side plates 36 and 37, and the molding material 22 by its adhesiveness.
- PVC sheet waterproofing, rubber sheet waterproofing, urethane waterproofing, epoxy waterproofing, and FRP waterproofing can also be used as the waterproof layer 21.
- the waterproof layer 21 can prevent water from entering the metal foundation 16, and the foundation due to water entering the foundation 16 can be prevented. 16 corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, the approach of water to the concrete floor 12 (slab 13) can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor 12 and the steel structure 11 by the approach of water can be prevented.
- the mortar 20 (hardened cement material) is filled in a space 46 formed between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 (cement hardened material filling step).
- cement hardened material filling step the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34.
- the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the support bolt 19. It is joined to.
- the hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or a steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10A (on the metal lid 17).
- the load applied to 10A is shared with the support bolt 19.
- concrete can also be used as the hardened cement filling the space 46.
- the space 46 can be filled with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33 after the support bolt 19 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the H-shaped steel upper flange 58A. 20 can be reliably filled. Since the installation foundation construction method can check the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is not filled. The entire space 46 can be filled evenly.
- the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23.
- the metal lid 17 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a base part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site.
- the metal lid 17 is made of a metal such as iron, aluminum, or alloy, and its planar shape is molded into a substantially rectangular shape.
- a solar panel On the upper surface of the metal lid 17, although not shown in the figure, a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner or other mechanical equipment, or a fixture for installing a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is attached. It has been.
- An angle member 41 (steel material) for fixing the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23 is joined (fused) by welding on the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and inside the periphery of the lid 17.
- a draining angle member 42 (steel material) is joined (fused) to the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and the periphery of the lid 17 by welding.
- a fixing bolt insertion hole (not shown) for inserting the lid fixing bolt 28 is made in the angle member 41, and a hexagon nut 43 is joined (fused) to the fixing bolt insertion hole by welding.
- the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( FIG. 3 support).
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 24 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
- the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space
- the top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled.
- the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25.
- the curing period for mortar 20 begins.
- the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, whereby the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the metal plate 24 in the first fixed end portion 47 of the support bolt 19. A portion extending therebetween (a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the bolt 19 exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar.
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, and the foundation 10A can be completed.
- the construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10A can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period.
- a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the top opening of the space 38 is blocked by the top plate, the mortar 20 is cured as compared with the case where the space 38 is filled with the mortar 20.
- the construction period can be shortened, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13.
- a bolt hole second drilling step for drilling support bolt insertion holes 40, 61 in the upper flange 58A of the slab 13 and the steel beam, and a support bolt 19 is inserted into the support bolt insertion holes 39, 40, 61, thereby providing a hexagonal double nut.
- the foundation 10A is made from a cement hardened material filling process in which the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20 and a metal tube closing process in which the metal lid 17 is fixed to the top of the metal tube 23. Since each unit is assembled as a unit system, the construction work can be manualized and the construction work can be simplified.
- the installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the installation foundation 10A, and it is not necessary to cure the mortar to make the foundation 10A at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site.
- the support bolt 19 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the upper flange 58A of the steel beam, and immediately after the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is fixed to the metal tube 23. You can build a foundation just by doing it, save labor, cost and time for mold production and mortar curing, simplify the construction work, and greatly increase the construction period. Can be shortened.
- the support bolt 19 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the upper flange 58A of the steel beam, and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, so the installation foundation 10A is firmly attached to the steel structure 11.
- a foundation 10A that can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air conditioning equipment, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- the load applied to the foundation 10A when the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 and the machinery and the building are provided on the foundation 10A. Since the load is shared between the support bolt 19 and the hardened mortar 20, the load applied to the foundation 10A is not inadvertently tilted or the foundation 10A is not collapsed, and the machine equipment and the building are reliably supported. 10A can be made.
- the installation foundation waterproof layer 14 is installed. Since the foundation 10A is installed on the exposed slab 13 after the removal, and the waterproof layer 14 in the vicinity of the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10A is installed, the foundation 10A can be quickly The time required for installing the foundation 10A can be greatly shortened.
- FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an installation base 10B shown as another example, and FIG. 11 is a top view of the installation base 10B.
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. 10
- FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a construction procedure for the installation base 10B.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the mounting base 10B continued from FIG. 13, and
- FIG. 15 is a top view of the metal base 16.
- FIG. 16 is a side view of the metal base 16.
- the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1
- the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2
- the front-rear direction is indicated by an arrow X3.
- the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10B excluding a part is shown as a cross section.
- FIG. 1 is different from that of FIG. 1 in that an anchor bolt 62 is used in place of the support bolt 19 and the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to an anchor hole 63 formed in the concrete slab 13.
- the support bolt insertion hole 61 is not formed in the upper flange 58A of the H-section steel forming 56.
- the other structure of this foundation 10B is the same as that of the foundation 10A of FIG. 1, while attaching
- the installation foundation 10B is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11 as an example.
- the installation foundation 10B is installed on the concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12, as in FIG.
- each of the foundations for which the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of anchor bolts 62, the mortar 20, the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 are generalized (standardized).
- the mounting base 10B is made by assembling the components in a predetermined procedure.
- the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) is not formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 described later, and the anchor bolt insertion is inserted into the second portion 31 at the construction site. Hole 39 is drilled. Further, a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 are formed in the first part 30 of the metal plate 24 in advance in a basic part manufacturing factory, and the height adjustment bolt 18 is screwed into the bolt screw holes 32. Yes.
- each basic part metal base 16, metal lid 17, height adjustment bolt 18, anchor bolt 62, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22
- each basic part metal base 16, metal lid 17, height adjustment bolt 18, anchor bolt 62, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22
- the installation location of the foundation 10B on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location of the concrete floor 12 is marked.
- the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 are removed from the concrete floor 12, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed (in FIG. 6).
- the position of the reinforcing bar installed inside the slab 12 is measured using a sensor.
- a drilled portion at a position where the reinforcing bars of the anchor bolt insertion holes 39 is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (bolt hole drilling step).
- the metal base 16 is temporarily installed in the installation location in accordance with the marking of the foundation installation location in the slab 13 (base temporary installation process).
- the metal base 16 is formed of a metal tube 23 and a metal plate 24.
- the first portion 30 of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56, and the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is a steel beam. It is arranged immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at 56.
- the metal tube 23 is the same as that of the foundation 10A of FIG.
- the metal base 16 is light as much as the concrete is omitted, and by using the base 16, the weight of the foundation 10B can be significantly reduced.
- the metal plate 24 has a first portion 30 extending radially inward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23 and a second portion 31 extending radially outward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23.
- the first portion 30 is formed with a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed (see FIG. 13).
- An elliptical filling hole 33 for filling the mortar 20 is formed at the center of the first part 30, and confirmation holes 34 for checking the filling state of the mortar 20 are formed at the four corners of the first part 30. (See FIG. 15).
- the first portion 30 is provided with a plurality of reinforcing plates 35 extending in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.
- the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is provided with a first side plate 36 that rises upward from the end edge along both end edges, and the first side plate 36 that rises upward from the side edge along both side edges. is set up. Further, a second side plate 37 that is located between the first side plates 36 and stands upward from the second portion 31 is provided. A space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 is filled with mortar 20 (hardened cement), and the mortar 20 is hardened in the space 38 (see FIG. 12). . As with the base 10 ⁇ / b> A of FIG. 1, a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top plate may block the opening of the space 38.
- the first portion 30 of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 is directly above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56.
- the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is positioned immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided on the steel beam 56, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 abuts on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13 supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the installation foundation construction method can use the height adjustment bolt 18 to freely change the height of the metal base 16 during construction of the foundation 10B, and immediately respond to the request for changing the height of the foundation 10B. can do.
- the installation foundation construction method can easily adjust the height dimensions of the foundations 10B when a plurality of them are installed, and can make the height dimensions of the foundations 10B uniform.
- Anchor hole drilling step The anchor hole 63 extends up and down the concrete slab 13.
- the anchor hole 63 coincides with the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- These anchor holes 63 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction.
- the metal base 16 is temporarily installed again at the installation location, and the anchor bolt formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG.
- the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the insertion hole 39 and the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 formed in the slab 13.
- the first fixed end portion 64 extends upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and the second fixed end portion 65 is positioned in the anchor hole 63.
- a hexagonal double nut 50 fixing means
- the anchor bolt 62 is connected to the metal plate 24 and concrete. It fixes to the slab 13 (anchor bolt fixing process).
- the hexagonal double nut 50 is screwed onto the fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62, the height of the metal base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 has already been adjusted by the height adjusting bolt 18.
- the second fixed end portion 65 of the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the hole 63 by a resin adhesive (resin anchor) (not shown) injected into the anchor hole 63.
- FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10B continued from FIG.
- the mortar is placed in the space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG. 29 is filled and the mortar 20 is cured.
- a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top opening of the space 38 may be blocked by the top plate. (Space closing process).
- a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is placed at the intersection of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, and the formation is completed.
- the mold member 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 via an adhesive (not shown).
- a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, and the molding material 22 is fixed to the pressing concrete 15 and the slab 12 with an adhesive (not shown) (frame material installation). Process).
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23.
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 creates a gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block it.
- the waterproof layer 21 is formed on the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outer side of the metal plate 24 (the upper surface of the mortar 20 filled with the space 38 or the upper surface of the top plate closing the space 38).
- Waterproof layer installation process a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the outer side of the metal plate 24, and the outer side of the molding material 22, as in the base 10 ⁇ / b> A of FIG. 1. And a portion (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) extending outward from the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the waterproof layer 21 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the concrete structure 11.
- the waterproof layer 21 can prevent water from entering the metal foundation 16, and the foundation due to water entering the foundation 16 can be prevented. 16 corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, the entrance of water to the concrete floor 12 can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor 12 and the steel structure 11 due to the entrance of water can be prevented.
- the space 46 is filled with mortar 20 (cement hardened material filling step).
- cement hardened material filling step the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34.
- the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt 62. It is joined to.
- the hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or a steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10A (on the metal lid 17).
- the load applied to 10A is shared with the anchor bolt 62.
- the space 46 can be filled with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33 after the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the metal plate 24 or the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13. Can be reliably filled. Since the foundation construction method can check the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is filled in the space. The entire 46 region can be filled evenly.
- the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23.
- the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( FIG. 12 is used).
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 24 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
- the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space
- the top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled.
- the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25.
- the curing period for mortar 20 begins.
- the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, so that the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 in the first fixed end portion 47 of the anchor bolt 62 and the metal plate 24.
- a portion extending therebetween (a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the bolt 19 exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar.
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, and the foundation 10B can be completed.
- the construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10B can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period.
- a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the top opening of the space 38 is blocked by the top plate, the mortar 20 is cured as compared with the case where the space 38 is filled with the mortar 20.
- the construction period can be shortened, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13.
- the anchor hole is formed in the slab 13 in accordance with the height adjusting step, the bolt hole drilling step of drilling the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 in the metal plate 24, and the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- An anchor hole drilling step for drilling 63 an anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 while the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39, the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the anchor hole 63 and the hexagonal double nut 50
- Anchor bolt fixing work for fixing the anchor bolt 62 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 via
- the base 10B is made from a cement hardened material filling step for filling the space 46 between the bottom surface 24 and the mortar 20 and a metal tube closing step for fixing the metal lid 17 on the top of the metal tube 23, and is made into a general-purpose component. Since each basic part is assembled as a unit system in each process, the construction work can be manualized and the construction work can be simplified.
- the installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the installation foundation 10B, and it is not necessary to cure the mortar to make the foundation 10B at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site.
- the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 and the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46, the metal lid 17 is attached to the metal tube 23.
- the foundation can be constructed simply by fixing, and the labor, cost and time required for the production of molds and mortar can be saved, and the construction work can be simplified. It can be greatly shortened.
- the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20.
- a foundation 10B that can be firmly installed, and can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air-conditioning equipment, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24, and the load applied to the foundation 10B when mechanical equipment or a building is provided on the foundation 10B. Since the anchor bolt 62 and the hardened mortar 20 are shared, the foundation 10B that reliably supports the mechanical device and the building without being inclined inadvertently by the load applied to the foundation 10B or the foundation 10B collapsing. Can be made.
- the installation foundation 10B is a concrete slab 13 having a waterproof layer 14 having a waterproof function on the rooftop or underground of the existing steel structure 11, the installation foundation 10B is installed with the waterproof layer 14 at the installation location. Since the foundation 10B is installed on the exposed slab 12 and the beam 13 after the removal, the waterproof layer 14 in the vicinity of the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10B is installed. 10B can be installed quickly, and the time required to install the foundation 10B can be greatly shortened.
- FIG. 18 is a perspective view of an installation base 10C as another example
- FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 18,
- FIG. 20 is a top view of the metal base 16.
- FIG. FIG. 21 is a side view of the metal base 16.
- the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1
- the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2
- the front-back direction is indicated by an arrow X3.
- the steel structure 11 on which the foundation 10C is installed is formed of a steel frame 54 and a concrete floor 12 provided on the frame 54.
- the steel frame 54 is formed of a steel column 55 and a steel beam 56.
- An H-section steel having a web 57 and a flange 58 is used for the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56.
- Concrete 59 is cast on the H-shaped steel of the steel column 55.
- the H-shaped steels are connected via a connecting plate 60 fixed to the flanges 58.
- the concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14 provided on the slab 13, and a pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) provided on the waterproof layer 14.
- a plurality of reinforcing bars are embedded in the slab 13.
- the installation foundation 10C is installed on a concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12.
- the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of anchor bolts 62, the mortar 20 (hardened cement), the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 (frame material) Using each standardized (standardized) basic component, the basic component is assembled by a predetermined manual procedure to make an installation base 10A.
- the metal base 16 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a basic part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site.
- the metal base 16 is disposed on the concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the presser concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12 (immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56). ing.
- the metal base 16 is formed of a hollow cylindrical metal tube 23 (tube material) and a metal plate 24 (bottom plate) having a substantially rectangular planar shape.
- the metal base 16 is manufactured by welding a metal tube 23 to the upper surface of the metal plate 24.
- the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 are made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy.
- the metal base 16 is lighter than the reinforced concrete foundation because the concrete is omitted. Therefore, by using the metal base 16, the weight of the foundation 10C can be significantly reduced.
- the metal tube 23 has each side plate 25 having a substantially rectangular shape, and its cross section is formed into a substantially rectangular shape.
- the metal tube 23 is disposed on the upper surface of the central portion of the metal plate 24, and the lower end edge thereof is joined (fused) to the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding.
- a hollow space 26 is defined by the side walls 25 in the metal tube 23, and a top opening 27 surrounded by the upper edge of the side plates 25 is formed at the top of the metal tube 23.
- a plurality of fixing bolt screw holes 29 for screwing the lid fixing bolts 28 are formed on the top of the metal tube 23.
- a female screw (not shown) into which the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed is formed in the fixing bolt screw hole 29.
- the metal plate 24 has a first portion 30 extending radially inward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23 and a second portion 31 extending radially outward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23.
- a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed are formed in the second portion 31 (see FIG. 20).
- a female screw (not shown) into which the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed is formed in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32.
- a circular filling hole 33 for filling the mortar 20 is formed in the central portion of the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24.
- a confirmation hole 34 for confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 is formed in the second portion 31 (see FIG. 20).
- a plurality of anchor bolt insertion holes 39 (bolt holes) through which the anchor bolts 62 are inserted are formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is made by a drill and penetrates the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 in the vertical direction.
- These anchor bolt insertion holes 39 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the second portion 31 in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction. In FIG. 20, four anchor bolt insertion holes 39 are formed.
- the number of insertion holes 39 is not particularly limited, and the number is determined by structural calculation (strength calculation) performed before the foundation 10C is installed. .
- a plurality of anchor holes 63 through which the anchor bolts 62 are inserted are formed at the foundation installation position of the concrete slab 13.
- the anchor hole 63 is made by a drill and extends in the up-down direction in the slab 13 while avoiding the reinforcing bars embedded in the concrete slab 13.
- the anchor hole 63 coincides with the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- These anchor holes 63 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction.
- the metal lid 17 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy, and its planar shape is formed into a substantially rectangular shape.
- An angle member 41 (steel material) for fixing the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23 is joined (fused) by welding on the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and inside the periphery of the lid 17.
- a fixing bolt insertion hole (not shown) for inserting the lid fixing bolt 28 is made in the angle member 41, and a hexagon nut 43 is joined (fused) to the fixing bolt insertion hole by welding.
- the metal lid 17 is fixed to the top of the metal tube 24 by a lid fixing bolt 28 inserted into a fixing bolt insertion hole made in the angle member 41 and a hex nut 43 attached to the angle member 41.
- the top opening 27 is closed watertight.
- a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner or other mechanical equipment, or a fixture for installing a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is attached. It has been.
- the height adjusting bolt 18 is a hexagonal bolt formed from a shaft 44 on which a male screw is made and a bolt head 45.
- the shaft 44 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed in advance into an adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances downward from the bolt screwing hole 32 and extends downward from the lower surface of the second portion 31. 45 contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be spaced apart from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 by a predetermined dimension.
- the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances upward from the bolt screw hole 32 and extends upward from the lower surface of the second portion 31. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be brought close to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16 is separated upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and between the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24.
- a space 46 having a predetermined height is formed.
- the height dimension of the space 46 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16, and the metal from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 can be adjusted.
- the height dimension of the base 16 can be adjusted up to the length of the bolt 18.
- the anchor bolt 62 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same length and diameter.
- the anchor bolt 62 is made of steel, and is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. Further, the concrete slab 13 is inserted into an anchor hole 63 formed in the shape 13.
- the anchor bolt 62 has a first fixed end portion 64 extending upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and a second fixed end portion 65 fixed to the slab 13.
- the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 opened in the metal plate 24 and is fixed to the metal plate 24 via a hexagon nut 50 (fixing means).
- the hexagon nut 50 is attached to a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 that extends upward from the metal plate 24.
- the second fixed end portion 65 of the support bolt 19 is fixed to the hole 63 by a resin adhesive (resin anchor) (fixing means) (not shown) injected into the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13.
- the mortar 20 is filled in a space 46 formed between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24.
- the mortar 20 is filled from a filling hole 33 formed in the metal plate 24.
- the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt 62. It is joined to.
- the hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, a mechanical device such as an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10C (on the metal lid 17).
- the load applied to 10C is shared with the anchor bolt 62.
- the molding material 22 (frame material) is installed in the intersection part of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 and the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13.
- the molding material 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23, the slab 13, and the pressing concrete 15 with an adhesive (not shown).
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23, and is installed between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base 16 (the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24) and the concrete slab 13 to surround the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. It is out.
- the molding material 22 closes the gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24.
- the waterproof layer 21 is installed on the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 to cover the entire side plate 25, and is installed on the outside of the metal plate 24 to cover the entire metal plate 24.
- asphalt waterproofing is used in which a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are stacked to form an asphalt sheet layer.
- the asphalt sheet is fixed to the side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the mortar 20, and the molding material 22 due to its adhesiveness.
- a portion extending outward from the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the waterproof layer 21 (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the steel structure 11.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C
- FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continued from FIG.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continuing from FIG. 23
- FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continuing from FIG. 22 to 25, the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10C excluding a part is shown as a cross section.
- the construction procedure of the foundation 10C will be described as follows, taking as an example the case where the installation foundation 10C is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11.
- the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) is not formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is formed in the second portion 31 at the construction site. Perforate.
- a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 are formed in the second part 31 of the metal plate 24 in advance in a basic part manufacturing factory, and the height adjustment bolt 18 is screwed into the bolt screw holes 32. Yes.
- Each basic part (metal base 16, metal lid 17, height adjustment bolt 18, anchor bolt 62, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22 (frame material)) manufactured as a general-purpose part manufactured at the base part manufacturing factory from the factory After transporting to the construction site, the installation location of the foundation 10C on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location is marked. Next, in the installation location, the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 are removed from the steel structure 11, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed.
- the position of the reinforcing bar installed inside the slab 13 is measured using a sensor.
- the drilled portion of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 where the reinforcing bar is avoided is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (anchor bolt hole drilling step).
- the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 are positioned on the concrete slab 13, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is It contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13, supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
- the installation foundation 10C can freely change the height dimension of the metal base 16 during construction of the foundation 10C by using the height adjusting bolt 18, and immediately responds to a request for changing the height dimension of the foundation 10C. be able to.
- the installation foundation 10C can easily adjust the height dimensions of the foundations 10C when a plurality of them are installed, and the height dimensions of the foundations 10C can be made uniform.
- marking is performed on the drilled portion of the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 according to the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 of the metal plate 24.
- the anchor hole 63 is drilled in the drilled location marked using a drill (anchor hole drilling step).
- anchor hole drilling step After the anchor hole 63 is formed in the concrete slab 13, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed again at the installation location, and the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is anchored as shown in FIG. The bolt 62 is inserted, and the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 formed in the slab 13.
- the molding material 22 ( Frame material) (frame material installation process).
- the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23 and the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 is between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block the gap.
- the waterproof layer 21 is installed on the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outside of the metal plate 24 (outside of the molding material 22) (waterproof layer installation process).
- a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outside of the molding material 22 in the same manner as the foundation 10A in FIG.
- the waterproof layer 21 extending from 22 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the steel structure 11.
- the installation base 10C can prevent water from entering the metal base 16 by the waterproof layer 21 even when it is installed outdoors of the steel structure 11, and the base 16 due to water entering the inside can be prevented. Corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, entry of water into the steel structure 11 can be prevented, and deterioration of the structure 11 due to entry of water can be prevented.
- the space 46 is filled with mortar 20 (cement hardened material filling step).
- cement hardened material filling step the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34. Since the installation foundation 10C can fix the anchor bolt 62 to the metal plate 24 or the concrete slab 13 and then fill the space 46 with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33, the space 46 is reliably filled with the mortar 20. be able to.
- the installation base 10 ⁇ / b> C confirms the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, so that the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is placed in the entire space 46. Can be filled evenly.
- the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23.
- the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( (See FIG. 19).
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 25 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
- the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space
- the top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled.
- the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25.
- the curing period for mortar 20 begins.
- the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, so that the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the metal of the metal tube 25 in the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62.
- a portion extending between the plate 24 (a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 of the bolt 62 that is exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar.
- the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20 to complete the foundation 10 ⁇ / b> C.
- the construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10C can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period.
- the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13.
- the anchor hole is formed in the slab 13 in accordance with the height adjusting step, the bolt hole drilling step of drilling the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 in the metal plate 24, and the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24.
- Anchor hole drilling step for drilling 63 the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 and the anchor hole 63, and the anchor bolt 62 is connected to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 via the hexagonal double nut 50.
- Anchor bolt fixing process for fixing to the slab 13, and the slab between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base 16 and the concrete slab 13.
- the foundation 10C is made from the object filling process and the metal tube closing process for fixing the metal lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23
- each base part made into a general-purpose part is assembled as a unit system by each process. It can be made manual and construction work can be simplified.
- the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the concrete slab 13, and immediately after the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is simply fixed to the metal tube 23.
- the foundation can be constructed, and the labor, cost, and time required for mold production and mortar curing can be saved, and the construction work can be simplified and the construction period can be greatly shortened. be able to.
- the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the concrete slab 13 and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, so that the installation foundation 10C is firmly installed in the steel structure 11. It is possible to make a foundation 10C that can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air conditioners, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
- the load applied to the foundation 10C in the case where the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 and the machinery and the building are provided on the foundation 10C. Since the anchor bolt 62 and the hardened mortar 20 are shared, the foundation 10C does not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation 10C, or the foundation 10C does not collapse. 10C can be made.
- the installation foundation 10C is the concrete slab 13 provided with the waterproof layer 14 having a waterproof function on the rooftop or underground of the existing steel structure 11, the installation foundation 10C is installed with the waterproof layer 14 at the installation location. Since the foundation 10C is installed on the exposed slab 13 after the removal, and the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10C is installed, the foundation 10C can be quickly installed. It can be installed, and the time required to install the foundation 10C can be greatly shortened.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Sustainable Development (AREA)
- Sustainable Energy (AREA)
- Thermal Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Civil Engineering (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Foundations (AREA)
Abstract
[Problem] To provide a method of constructing a mounting base capable of decreasing the work and cost required for installation and shortening the construction time of the mounting base. [Solution] The method of constructing a mounting base involves: a temporary foundation-installation step for temporarily installing a metal foundation at a prescribed position on a concrete slab; an installation height adjustment step for adjusting the screw position of height adjustment bolts relative to a metal plate and adjusting the installation height of the metal base; a bolt hole forming step for forming second insertion holes for support bolts in the slab and forming third insertion holes for support bolts in a steel beam in a manner such that the positions of the second insertion holes and third insertion holes correspond to the positions of first insertion holes for support bolts formed in the metal plate; a support bolt fixing step for inserting the support bolts (19) into the first through third insertion holes to fix the bolts (19) to the metal plate and the steel beam; a cement filling step for filling the space between the top surface of the slab and the bottom surface of the metal plate with hardened concrete; and a metal tube closing step for fixing a metal cover (17) to the top of a metal tube (23).
Description
本発明は、据え付け基礎施工方法に関し、さらに詳細には、鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁から形成された鉄骨躯体と鉄骨躯体に施設されたコンクリート床とを有する鉄骨構造物にソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を設置するために使用する据え付け基礎を施工する方法に関する。
The present invention relates to an installation foundation construction method, and more specifically, to a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame, a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank, The present invention relates to a method for constructing a foundation for use in installing machinery such as septic tanks and air conditioners, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures.
新設または既設の鉄筋コンクリート造や鉄筋鉄骨コンクリート造等のコンクリート構造物では、屋上や地下のスラブにソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の様々な機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の様々な建築物が設置される。通常、そのような機械器具や建築物は、その内部への水の侵入を防ぐ目的、機械器具や建築物の背面側のメンテナンスを可能にする目的からそれらがスラブの表面に直に設置されることはなく、それらがスラブに設置された据え付け基礎の上に備え付けられる。
In new or existing concrete structures such as reinforced concrete structures and reinforced steel concrete structures, roofs and underground slabs, solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioners, and other various machinery and equipment, steel towers and steel structures, etc. Various buildings are installed. Typically, such machinery and buildings are installed directly on the surface of the slab for the purpose of preventing water from entering the interior and enabling maintenance on the back side of the machinery and buildings. There is nothing, they are mounted on a mounting foundation installed in the slab.
そのような据え付け基礎の一例として、特許文献1は、太陽電池パネル据え付け構造を開示している。特許文献1において説明されている従来技術では、太陽電池パネルの施工現場の据え付け箇所において型枠を製作し、その型枠内にコンクリートを打設・養生することにより基礎を作り、搬送されてきた太陽電池パネルおよびその架台をその基礎の上に組み付ける構造である。そのような従来技術の据え付け基礎では、施工現場で型枠を製作しなければならないから、その分の手間がかかることはもちろん、型枠内に流し込んだコンクリートの養生に時間がかかり、短い工期で据え付け構造を作ることができない。
As an example of such an installation basis, Patent Document 1 discloses a solar cell panel installation structure. In the prior art described in Patent Document 1, a formwork is produced at a place where a solar cell panel is installed, and a foundation is formed and transported by placing and curing concrete in the formwork. This is a structure in which the solar cell panel and its mount are assembled on the foundation. In such a conventional installation foundation, since the formwork must be manufactured at the construction site, it takes time and effort to cure the concrete poured into the formwork, and in a short construction period. Cannot make a stationary structure.
かかる従来技術の問題点を解決するために、特許文献1に開示の太陽電池パネル据え付け構造では、基礎部品製造工場においてコンクリート製または鉄筋コンクリート製の基礎をあらかじめ製造し、その基礎をコンクリート構造物の屋上や地下の施工現場に搬送する。その後、屋上や地下のスラブの据え付け箇所に薄いセメント層を形成し、そのセメント層を接着層としてその上に基礎を載せてスラブと一体化し、太陽電池パネルの設置用架台をそれらの基礎の上に備え付ける。特許文献1に開示された太陽電池パネル据え付け構造は、太陽電池パネルを備え付けるための基礎を形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないから、その分の手間が省け、施工現場における施工作業を簡略化することができるとともに、コンクリートを養生する時間を省くことができ、その分の施工期間を短縮することができる。
In order to solve such problems of the prior art, in the solar cell panel mounting structure disclosed in Patent Document 1, a concrete or reinforced concrete foundation is manufactured in advance at a foundation parts manufacturing factory, and the foundation is used as a roof of a concrete structure. And transported to underground construction sites. After that, a thin cement layer is formed on the roof or underground slab installation site, the cement layer is used as an adhesive layer, the foundation is placed on top of it, and it is integrated with the slab. Prepare for. Since the solar cell panel mounting structure disclosed in Patent Document 1 does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation for installing the solar cell panel, it saves that much labor, and at the construction site The construction work can be simplified, the time for curing the concrete can be omitted, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
前記特許文献1に開示の太陽電池パネル据え付け構造では、施工現場においてコンクリートを養生する必要はないが、基礎製造工場においてコンクリートを養生して基礎を作らなければならず、基礎の製造にコンクリートの養生が必要であることに変わりはなく、基礎の製造に時間を要する。さらに、製造したコンクリート製基礎や鉄筋コンクリート製基礎を工場から施工現場に搬送する必要があり、相当な重量を有する基礎を搬送する手間を要するから、基礎を施工する労力やコストを低減することができない。また、工場で製造された基礎をスラブに固定する場合、コンクリート層を接着層としてスラブに固定する方法や凹部をスラブに形成して基礎の下端をその凹部に嵌め込む方法しか採用できず、基礎をスラブに強固に据え付けることができない。
In the solar cell panel installation structure disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is not necessary to cure the concrete at the construction site, but the foundation must be cured by curing the concrete at the foundation manufacturing plant. Is still necessary, and it takes time to manufacture the foundation. Furthermore, it is necessary to transport manufactured concrete foundations and reinforced concrete foundations from the factory to the construction site, and it takes time and labor to transport foundations with considerable weight, so it is not possible to reduce the labor and cost of constructing foundations. . Moreover, when fixing a foundation manufactured at a factory to a slab, only a method of fixing a concrete layer to the slab as an adhesive layer or a method of forming a recess in the slab and fitting the lower end of the foundation into the recess can be adopted. Cannot be firmly installed on the slab.
本発明の目的は、鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁から形成された鉄骨躯体と鉄骨躯体に施設されたコンクリート床とを有する鉄骨構造物に機械機器や建築物を備え付ける強固な基礎を作ることができ、その基礎の設置に要する労力やコストを低減することができるとともに、その基礎の施工期間を短縮することができる据え付け基礎施工方法を提供することにある。
An object of the present invention is to make a strong foundation for attaching a mechanical device or a building to a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame. An object of the present invention is to provide an installation foundation construction method capable of reducing labor and cost required for foundation installation and shortening the construction period of the foundation.
前記課題を解決するための第1および第2発明の前提は、鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁から形成された鉄骨躯体と鉄骨躯体に施設されたコンクリート床とを有する鉄骨構造物の所定の箇所に設置される据え付け基礎の施工方法である。
The premise of the first and second inventions for solving the above-described problems is that the steel frame is formed at a predetermined location of a steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame. This is the installation method of the installation foundation.
前記前提における第1発明の特徴は、据え付け基礎施工方法が、金属管と金属管の下端につながる金属板とを有する金属土台をコンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、金属板に螺着された高さ調節ボルトの金属板に対する螺着位置を調節することで、仮設置された金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板に支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第1穿孔工程と、金属板に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第2穿孔工程と、支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、所定の固定手段を介して支持ボルトを金属板および鉄骨梁に固定する支持ボルト固定工程と、金属土台の外周縁とコンクリート床との間にコンクリート床と土台の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定して金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐ金属管閉鎖工程とを有し、据え付け基礎施工方法では、空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であってセメント硬化物の養生期間の経過前に、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口が塞がれ、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口が塞がれた後からセメント硬化物の養生期間が開始し、養生期間の経過後に、支持ボルトのうちのコンクリート床と金属板との間に延びる部分がセメント硬化物と一体になることにある。
The feature of the first invention in the above premise is that the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary mounting step of temporarily mounting a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to the lower end of the metal pipe at a predetermined location on the concrete floor; An installation height adjustment process for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt screwed to the board to the metal plate; A bolt hole first drilling step for drilling a first support bolt insertion hole in the plate, and a second support bolt insertion hole in the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the metal plate and a steel frame Bolt hole second drilling step for drilling a support bolt third insertion hole in the beam, and inserting the support bolt into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, and the support bolt is attached to the metal plate and the steel beam via a predetermined fixing means. In A supporting bolt fixing step, a frame material installation step for installing a frame material for closing a gap between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base and the outer periphery of the metal base and the outer peripheral edge of the base, and an upper surface of the concrete floor. A cement hardened material filling step of filling a space between the lower surface of the metal plate with a cement hardened material, and a metal tube closing step of fixing the metal lid to the top of the metal tube and closing the top opening of the metal tube, In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after the cement hardened material is filled into the space and before the curing period of the hardened cement material has elapsed, the top opening of the metal tube is blocked by the metal lid, and the top opening of the metal tube is covered by the metal lid. The curing period of the hardened cement material starts after it is blocked, and after the curing period, the portion of the support bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate is integrated with the hardened cement material. .
前記第1発明の一例としては、金属板が、金属管の径方向内方へ延びる第1部分と、金属管の径方向外方へ延びる第2部分とを備え、ボルト孔第1穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分に支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔し、ボルト孔第2穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔し、支持ボルト固定工程では、支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、所定の固定手段を介して支持ボルトを金属板の第2部分および鉄骨梁に固定する。
As an example of the first invention, the metal plate includes a first portion extending radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion extending radially outward of the metal tube, and in the bolt hole first drilling step, The support bolt first insertion hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate, and the bolt hole second drilling step is performed on the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the support bolt first insertion hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate. The support bolt second insertion hole is drilled and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam. In the support bolt fixing step, the support bolt is inserted into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, and a predetermined fixing means is provided. The support bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam.
前記第1発明の他の一例としては、コンクリート床が、鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁の上に施設されたコンクリートスラブと、スラブの上に施設された防水層と、防水層の上に施設された押さえコンクリートとから形成され、土台仮設置工程では、コンクリート床から押さえコンクリートと防水層とを取り除いてスラブを露出させ、金属板の第2部分が鉄骨梁に施設されたスラブの上に位置するとともに、金属管と金属板の第1部分とが鉄骨柱と鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設されたスラブの上に位置するように、金属土台を仮設置し、ボルト孔第2穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてスラブに支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔する。
As another example of the first invention, the concrete floor has a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a press provided on the waterproof layer. In the foundation temporary installation process, the holding concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab installed in the steel beam, In the second drilling step of the bolt hole, the metal base is temporarily installed so that the metal tube and the first part of the metal plate are positioned on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam. The support bolt second insertion hole is drilled in the slab and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam in accordance with the position of the support bolt first insertion hole formed in the second portion.
前記前提における第2発明の特徴は、据え付け基礎施工方法が、金属管と金属管の下端につながる金属板とを有する金属土台をコンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、金属板に螺着された高さ調節ボルトの金属板に対する螺着位置を調節することで、仮設置された金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板にボルト孔を穿孔するボルト孔穿孔工程と、金属板に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔するアンカーホール穿孔工程と、ボルト孔およびアンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、アンカーボルトをアンカーホールに固定するとともに所定の固定手段を介してアンカーボルトを金属板に固定するアンカーボルト固定工程と、金属土台の外周縁とコンクリート床との間にコンクリート床と土台の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定して金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐ金属管閉鎖工程とを有し、据え付け基礎施工方法では、空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であってセメント硬化物の養生期間の経過前に、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口が塞がれ、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口が塞がれた後からセメント硬化物の養生期間が開始し、養生期間の経過後に、アンカーボルトのうちのコンクリート床と金属板との間に延びる部分がセメント硬化物と一体になることにある。
The feature of the second invention in the premise is that the installation foundation construction method includes a temporary mounting step of temporarily mounting a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to the lower end of the metal pipe at a predetermined location on the concrete floor; An installation height adjustment process for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt screwed to the board to the metal plate; Bolt hole drilling process for drilling bolt holes in the plate, anchor hole drilling process for drilling anchor holes in the concrete floor according to the position of the bolt holes formed in the metal plate, and anchor bolts being inserted into the bolt holes and anchor holes An anchor bolt fixing step of fixing the anchor bolt to the anchor hole and fixing the anchor bolt to the metal plate through a predetermined fixing means; A frame material installation process for installing a frame material that closes a gap between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base and the concrete floor and between the concrete floor and the outer peripheral edge of the base; and between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate It has a cement hardened material filling process that fills the space with cement hardened material, and a metal tube closing process that fixes the metal lid to the top of the metal tube and closes the top opening of the metal tube. Immediately after filling the hardened cement material and before the hardened period of the hardened cement material, the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid, and the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid. The curing period of the cured product starts, and after the curing period, the portion of the anchor bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate is integrated with the cement cured product.
前記第2発明の一例としては、金属板が、金属管の径方向内方へ延びる第1部分と、金属管の径方向外方へ延びる第2部分とを備え、ボルト孔穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分にボルト孔を穿孔し、アンカーホール穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔し、アンカーボルト固定工程では、ボルト孔およびアンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、アンカーボルトをアンカーホールに固定するとともに所定の固定手段を介してアンカーボルトを金属板の第2部分に固定する。
As an example of the second invention, the metal plate includes a first portion extending radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion extending radially outward of the metal tube. Bolt holes are drilled in the second part of the plate, and in the anchor hole drilling process, anchor holes are drilled in the concrete floor in accordance with the positions of the bolt holes formed in the second part of the metal plate, and in the anchor bolt fixing process, The anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the second portion of the metal plate through a predetermined fixing means.
前記第2発明の他の一例としては、コンクリート床が、鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁の上に施設されたコンクリートスラブと、スラブの上に施設された防水層と、防水層の上に施設された押さえコンクリートとから形成され、土台仮設置工程では、コンクリート床から押さえコンクリートと防水層とを取り除いてスラブを露出させ、金属板の第2部分が鉄骨梁に施設されたスラブの上に位置するとともに、金属管と金属板の第1部分とが鉄骨柱と鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設されたスラブの上に位置するように、金属土台を仮設置し、アンカーホール穿孔工程では、金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてスラブにアンカーホールを穿孔する。
As another example of the second invention, the concrete floor has a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a press provided on the waterproof layer. In the foundation temporary installation process, the holding concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab installed in the steel beam, In the anchor hole drilling process, the metal plate is temporarily installed so that the metal pipe and the first part of the metal plate are located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam. An anchor hole is drilled in the slab in accordance with the position of the bolt hole formed in the two portions.
前記第1および第2発明の他の一例としては、据え付け基礎施工方法が金属土台を覆う防水層を設置する防水層設置工程を含み、防水層設置工程では、金属土台の外側に延びる防水層をコンクリート床の防水層につなげる。
As another example of the first and second inventions, the installation foundation construction method includes a waterproof layer installation step of installing a waterproof layer covering the metal base, and the waterproof layer installation step includes a waterproof layer extending outside the metal base. Connect to the waterproof layer of the concrete floor.
前記第1および第2発明の他の一例として、金属板の第2部分には、その周縁から上方へ起立する第1側板と、第1側板の間に位置して第2部分から上方へ起立する第2側板とが連接され、据え付け基礎施工方法では、金属板の第2部分と第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースにセメント硬化物を充填する。
As another example of the first and second inventions, the second portion of the metal plate is located between the first side plate and the first side plate that rises upward from the periphery thereof, and rises upward from the second portion. The second side plate is connected, and in the installation foundation construction method, the cemented product is filled in a space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate.
前記第1および第2発明の他の一例として、金属板の第2部分には、その周縁から上方へ起立する第1側板と、第1側板の間に位置して第2部分から上方へ起立する第2側板とが連接され、据え付け基礎施工方法が金属板の第2部分と第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースの頂部に頂板を固定してスペースを塞ぐスペース閉鎖工程を含む。
As another example of the first and second inventions, the second portion of the metal plate is located between the first side plate and the first side plate that rises upward from the periphery thereof, and rises upward from the second portion. The second side plate is connected, and the installation foundation construction method includes a space closing step of closing the space by fixing the top plate to the top of the space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate.
前記第1および第2発明の他の一例として、金属板の所定の箇所には、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するための充填孔が形成され、セメント硬化物充填工程では、充填孔から空間にセメント硬化物を充填する。
As another example of the first and second inventions, a filling hole for filling a cement hardened material into a space is formed at a predetermined portion of the metal plate. In the cement hardened material filling step, the filling hole is formed into a space. Fill with hardened cement.
前記第1および第2発明の他の一例として、金属板の所定の箇所には、空間に充填されたセメント硬化物を確認するための確認孔が形成され、セメント硬化物充填工程では、確認孔から空間におけるセメント硬化物の充填状態を確認しつつ、空間にセメント硬化物を充填する。
As another example of the first and second inventions, a confirmation hole for confirming the cement hardened material filled in the space is formed in a predetermined portion of the metal plate. In the cement hardened material filling step, a confirmation hole is formed. The space is filled with the cement hardened material while confirming the filling state of the cement hardened material in the space.
前記第1発明にかかる据え付け基礎施工方法によれば、金属土台をコンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、仮設置された金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板に支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第1穿孔工程と、金属板に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第2穿孔工程と、支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、固定手段を介して支持ボルトを金属板および鉄骨梁に固定する支持ボルト固定工程と、金属土台の外周縁とコンクリート床との間に枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定する金属管閉鎖工程とから基礎が作られ、汎用部品化された各基礎部品を各工程によってユニットシステムとして組み立てるから、施工作業をマニュアル化することができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、基礎を形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎製造工場や施工現場において基礎を作るためにセメント硬化物を養生する必要はなく、支持ボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板と鉄骨梁とに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、支持ボルトを金属板および鉄骨梁に固定し、空間にコンクリート硬化物を充填し、セメント硬化物の養生期間が経過した後に支持ボルトがセメント硬化物と一体になり、基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトとセメント硬化物とで分担するから、据え付け基礎を鉄骨構造物に強固に設置することができるのみならず、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填し、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させるから、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床と金属土台の外周縁との間の空隙が枠材によって塞がれ、セメント硬化物を前記空間に充填したとしても、そのセメント硬化物が空隙(空間)から漏れ出すことはなく、空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であってセメント硬化物の養生期間を待つことなく、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐことができ、セメント硬化物の養生期間を待つことなく次の基礎の据え付け作業を行うことができるから、セメント硬化物の養生期間の分の施工期間を短縮することができ、据え付け基礎の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを基礎の施工中に自由に調節することができ、基礎の高さ寸法の変更要求に即座に対応することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、複数個のそれらを設置する場合にそれら基礎どうしの高さ寸法を容易に調節することができ、それら基礎の高さ寸法を均一に揃えることができる。
According to the installation foundation construction method according to the first aspect of the present invention, the temporary installation step of temporarily installing the metal base at a predetermined location of the concrete floor, and the installation height from the upper surface of the concrete floor of the temporarily installed metal base Adjusting the installation height adjusting process, bolt hole first drilling process for drilling the first support bolt insertion hole in the metal plate, and supporting the concrete floor according to the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the metal plate A bolt hole second drilling step of drilling the bolt second insertion hole and drilling the support bolt third insertion hole in the steel beam, and inserting the support bolt into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, via the fixing means Support bolt fixing process for fixing the support bolt to the metal plate and the steel beam, frame material installation process for installing the frame material between the outer periphery of the metal base and the concrete floor, the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate The base is made from the cement hardened material filling process to fill the space between the cement hardened material and the metal tube closing process to fix the metal lid on the top of the metal tube, and each basic part made into a general-purpose part is each process Since it is assembled as a unit system, the construction work can be manualized and the construction work can be simplified. The installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation, and it is not necessary to cure the hardened cement material to create the foundation at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. Fix the bolt to the metal plate and steel beam of a lightweight metal base, fill the space with cement hardened material, and just fix the metal lid on the metal base, you can build the foundation, The labor, cost, and time required for curing the hardened cement can be saved, the construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly shortened. In the installation foundation construction method, the support bolt is fixed to the metal plate and the steel beam, the space is filled with the hardened concrete, and the support bolt is integrated with the hardened cement after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed. Since this load is shared between the support bolt and the hardened cement material, not only can the installation foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, mechanical equipment such as air conditioning equipment, It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the installation foundation construction method, the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with cement hardened material, and the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation is defined as a support bolt. Since it is shared with the hardened cement hardened material, it will not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, making a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings be able to. In the installation foundation construction method, even if the gap between the concrete floor and the outer periphery of the metal base is blocked by the frame material and the hardened cement is filled in the space, the hardened cement leaks from the gap (space). The top of the metal tube can be closed with a metal lid immediately after filling the space with cement hardened material and without waiting for the cement hardened material curing period, and wait for the cement hardened material curing time Since the installation work of the next foundation can be performed without it, the construction period for the curing period of the hardened cement can be shortened, and the construction period of the foundation can be greatly shortened. The installation foundation construction method can freely adjust the installation height of the metal foundation from the upper surface of the concrete floor during construction of the foundation, and can immediately respond to the request for changing the height dimension of the foundation. In the installation foundation construction method, when installing a plurality of them, the height dimensions of the foundations can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations can be made uniform.
金属板が第1部分と第2部分とを備え、ボルト孔第1穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分に前記支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔し、ボルト孔第2穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔し、支持ボルト固定工程において、支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、固定手段を介して支持ボルトを金属板の第2部分および鉄骨梁に固定する基礎施工方法は、基礎を施工する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎部品製造工場や施工現場において基礎を作るためにセメント硬化物を養生する必要はなく、支持ボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板の第2部分と鉄骨梁とに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。基礎施工方法は、支持ボルトを金属板の第2部分および鉄骨梁に固定し、空間にコンクリート硬化物を充填し、セメント硬化物の養生期間が経過した後に支持ボルトがセメント硬化物と一体になり、基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトとセメント硬化物とで分担するから、基礎を鉄骨構造物に強固に設置することができるのみならず、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎を作ることができる。基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填し、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させるから、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属板を金属管の径方向外方へ延ばして第2部分を形成することで金属板の面積を確保し、その金属板によって基礎にかかる荷重を支え、代わりに金属管の径方向の寸法を小さくして金属管の重量を減少させることができるから、金属管の重量を軽量化することができ、その結果として基礎の重量を軽量化することができる。
The metal plate includes a first portion and a second portion, and in the bolt hole first drilling step, the support bolt first insertion hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate, and in the bolt hole second drilling step, the metal plate In the support bolt fixing step, the support bolt second insertion hole is drilled in the concrete floor in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the second portion of the steel frame, and the support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam. The foundation construction method for inserting the support bolt into the first through third insertion holes of the support bolt and fixing the support bolt to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam via the fixing means is the construction site when the foundation is constructed. There is no need to make a formwork at the foundation, and it is not necessary to cure the hardened cement to make the foundation at the foundation parts manufacturing factory or construction site, and the support bolt is the second part of the lightweight metal base metal plate It can be fixed to the steel beam and filled with cement hardened material in the space, and the foundation can be constructed simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, Cost and time can be saved, construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly reduced. In the foundation construction method, the support bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam, the space is filled with the hardened concrete, and after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed, the support bolt becomes integrated with the hardened cement. Since the load applied to the foundation is shared by the support bolt and the hardened cement material, not only can the foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also machines such as solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioning equipment, etc. It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with equipment, buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the foundation construction method, the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with hardened cement, and the load applied to the foundation when a machine or building is installed on the foundation is hardened with the support bolt. Since the load is applied to the hardened cement material, it will not be inadvertently tilted by the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, and a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings will be created. Can do. The installation foundation construction method secures the area of the metal plate by extending the metal plate radially outward of the metal tube to form the second part, and supports the load applied to the foundation by the metal plate, instead of the metal tube Therefore, the weight of the metal tube can be reduced, and as a result, the weight of the foundation can be reduced.
土台仮設置工程において、コンクリート床から押さえコンクリートと防水層とを取り除いてスラブを露出させ、金属板の第2部分が鉄骨梁に施設されたスラブの上に位置するとともに、金属管と金属板の第1部分とが鉄骨柱と鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設されたスラブの上に位置するように、金属土台を仮設置し、ボルト孔第2穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせてスラブに支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔する据え付け基礎施工方法は、支持ボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板の第2部分と鉄骨梁とに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、基礎の設置箇所が既設の鉄骨構造物の屋上や地下に防水機能を施した防水層を備えたスラブである場合でも、設置箇所の防水層を取り除いた後の露出したスラブに基礎を設置し、基礎を設置した直後に設置箇所近傍の防水層を補修する(新たな防水層を施す)ことができるから、基礎を迅速に設置することができ、基礎の設置に要する時間を大幅に短縮することができる。
In the foundation temporary installation process, the concrete and waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam, and the metal tube and metal plate A metal base is temporarily installed so that the first part is located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam, and is formed in the second part of the metal plate in the bolt hole second drilling step. The mounting foundation construction method of drilling the support bolt second insertion hole in the slab in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole and drilling the support bolt third insertion hole in the steel beam is a lightweight metal base. It is fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the steel beam, and the space can be filled with cement hardened material, and the foundation can be constructed just by fixing the metal lid to the metal base. Time and cost according to the curing of the compound, it is possible to save time, it is possible to simplify the construction work, the construction time of that amount can be greatly shortened. Even if the foundation installation site is a slab with a waterproof layer with waterproof function on the roof or basement of an existing steel structure, the exposed slab after removing the waterproof layer at the installation site The foundation can be installed immediately, and immediately after the foundation is installed, the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer is applied), so the foundation can be installed quickly and the time required to install the foundation Can be greatly shortened.
前記第2発明にかかる据え付け基礎施工方法によれば、金属土台をコンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、仮設置された金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板にボルト孔を穿孔するボルト孔穿孔工程と、金属板に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔するアンカーホール穿孔工程と、ボルト孔およびアンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、アンカーボルトをアンカーホールに固定するとともに固定手段を介してアンカーボルトを金属板に固定するアンカーボルト固定工程と、金属土台の外周縁とコンクリート床との間に枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定する金属管閉鎖工程とから基礎が作られ、汎用部品化された各基礎部品を各工程によってユニットシステムとして組み立てるから、施工作業をマニュアル化することができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、基礎を形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎製造工場や施工現場において基礎を作るためにセメント硬化物を養生する必要はなく、アンカーボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板とアンカーホールとに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルトを金属板およびアンカーホールに固定し、空間にコンクリート硬化物を充填し、セメント硬化物の養生期間が経過した後にアンカーボルトがセメント硬化物と一体になり、基礎にかかる荷重をボルトとセメント硬化物とで分担するから、据え付け基礎を鉄骨構造物に強固に設置することができるのみならず、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填し、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重をアンカーボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させるから、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床と金属土台の外周縁との間の空隙が枠材によって塞がれ、セメント硬化物を前記空間に充填したとしても、そのセメント硬化物が空隙(空間)から漏れ出すことはなく、空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であってセメント硬化物の養生期間を待つことなく、金属蓋によって金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐことができ、セメント硬化物の養生期間を待つことなく次の基礎の据え付け作業を行うことができるから、セメント硬化物の養生期間の分の施工期間を短縮することができ、据え付け基礎の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属土台のコンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを基礎の施工中に自由に調節することができ、基礎の高さ寸法の変更要求に即座に対応することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、複数個のそれらを設置する場合にそれら基礎どうしの高さ寸法を容易に調節することができ、それら基礎の高さ寸法を均一に揃えることができる。
According to the installation foundation construction method according to the second aspect of the present invention, the temporary installation step of temporarily installing the metal base at a predetermined location of the concrete floor, and the installation height from the upper surface of the concrete floor of the temporarily installed metal base An installation height adjusting step for adjusting, a bolt hole drilling step for drilling a bolt hole in a metal plate, an anchor hole drilling step for drilling an anchor hole in a concrete floor according to the position of the bolt hole formed in the metal plate, An anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the metal plate through the fixing means, and the outer periphery of the metal base and the concrete floor Cement hardened material in the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate Since the foundation is made from the cement hardened material filling process to fill and the metal pipe closing process to fix the metal lid on the top of the metal pipe, each basic part made into a general-purpose part is assembled as a unit system by each process, so construction work Can be made manual and construction work can be simplified. In the installation foundation construction method, it is not necessary to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the foundation, and it is not necessary to cure the hardened cement to create the foundation at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. Fix the bolt to the metal plate and anchor hole of the lightweight metal base, fill the space with cement hardened material, and just fix the metal lid on the metal base, you can build the foundation, The labor, cost, and time required for curing the hardened cement can be saved, the construction work can be simplified, and the construction period can be greatly shortened. In the installation foundation construction method, anchor bolts are fixed to metal plates and anchor holes, the space is filled with hardened concrete, and after the curing period of hardened cement has passed, the anchor bolt is integrated with the hardened cement to the foundation. Since this load is shared by bolts and hardened cement, not only can the installation foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioners and other machinery and equipment, steel towers It is possible to make a foundation that can be firmly equipped with buildings such as steel structures. In the installation foundation construction method, the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with cement hardened material, and the load applied to the foundation when mechanical equipment or building is installed on the foundation is fixed to the anchor bolt. Since it is shared with the hardened cement hardened material, it will not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, making a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings be able to. In the installation foundation construction method, even if the gap between the concrete floor and the outer periphery of the metal base is blocked by the frame material and the hardened cement is filled in the space, the hardened cement leaks from the gap (space). The top of the metal tube can be closed with a metal lid immediately after filling the space with cement hardened material and without waiting for the cement hardened material curing period, and wait for the cement hardened material curing time Since the installation work of the next foundation can be performed without it, the construction period for the curing period of the hardened cement can be shortened, and the construction period of the foundation can be greatly shortened. The installation foundation construction method can freely adjust the installation height of the metal foundation from the upper surface of the concrete floor during construction of the foundation, and can immediately respond to the request for changing the height dimension of the foundation. In the installation foundation construction method, when installing a plurality of them, the height dimensions of the foundations can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations can be made uniform.
金属板が第1部分と第2部分とを備え、ボルト孔穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分にボルト孔を穿孔し、アンカーホール穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてコンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔し、アンカーボルト固定工程において、ボルト孔およびアンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、アンカーボルトをアンカーホールに固定するとともに固定手段を介してアンカーボルトを金属板の第2部分に固定する基礎施工方法は、基礎を施工する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎部品製造工場や施工現場において基礎を作るためにセメント硬化物を養生する必要はなく、アンカーボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板の第2部分とアンカーホールとに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルトを金属板の第2部分およびアンカーホールに固定し、空間にコンクリート硬化物を充填し、セメント硬化物の養生期間が経過した後にアンカーボルトがセメント硬化物と一体になり、基礎にかかる荷重をボルトとセメント硬化物とで分担するから、基礎を鉄骨構造物に強固に設置することができるのみならず、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎を作ることができる。基礎施工方法は、コンクリート床の上面と金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填し、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重をアンカーボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させるから、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属板を金属管の径方向外方へ延ばして第2部分を形成することで金属板の面積を確保し、その金属板によって基礎にかかる荷重を支え、代わりに金属管の径方向の寸法を小さくして金属管の重量を減少させることができるから、金属管の重量を軽量化することができ、その結果として基礎の重量を軽量化することができる。
The metal plate includes a first portion and a second portion, and the bolt hole is drilled in the second portion of the metal plate in the bolt hole drilling step, and the bolt formed in the second portion of the metal plate in the anchor hole drilling step. An anchor hole is drilled in the concrete floor according to the position of the hole, and in the anchor bolt fixing process, the anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole and the anchor bolt is fixed via the fixing means. The foundation construction method to fix to the second part of the metal plate is not necessary to produce the formwork at the construction site when constructing the foundation, and of course cement hardening to make the foundation at the foundation parts manufacturing factory and construction site There is no need to cure the object, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the second part of the metal plate of the lightweight metal base and the anchor hole. Fill the space with cement hardened material and build a foundation simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, saving labor, cost, and time for mold fabrication and cement hardened material curing At the same time, the construction work can be simplified and the construction period can be greatly shortened. In the installation foundation construction method, anchor bolts are fixed to the second part of the metal plate and the anchor hole, the space is filled with hardened concrete, and the anchor bolt is integrated with the hardened cement after the curing period of the hardened cement has passed. Since the load on the foundation is shared between the bolt and the hardened cement, not only can the foundation be firmly installed on the steel structure, but also machines such as solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, air conditioning equipment, etc. It is possible to create a foundation that can be firmly equipped with equipment, buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the foundation construction method, the space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate is filled with hardened cement, and the load applied to the foundation when a machine or building is installed on the foundation is hardened with the anchor bolt. Since the load is applied to the hardened cement material, it will not be inadvertently tilted by the load applied to the foundation, or the foundation will not collapse, and a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings will be created. Can do. The installation foundation construction method secures the area of the metal plate by extending the metal plate radially outward of the metal tube to form the second part, and supports the load applied to the foundation by the metal plate, instead of the metal tube Therefore, the weight of the metal tube can be reduced, and as a result, the weight of the foundation can be reduced.
土台仮設置工程において、コンクリート床から押さえコンクリートと防水層とを取り除いてスラブを露出させ、金属板の第2部分が鉄骨梁に施設されたスラブの上に位置するとともに、金属管と金属板の第1部分とが鉄骨柱と鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設されたスラブの上に位置するように、金属土台を仮設置し、アンカーホール穿孔工程において、金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせてスラブにアンカーホールを穿孔する据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルトを軽量な金属土台の金属板の第2部分とアンカーホールとに固定し、空間にセメント硬化物を充填するとともに、金属土台に金属蓋を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やセメント硬化物の養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、基礎の設置箇所が既設の鉄骨構造物の屋上や地下に防水機能を施した防水層を備えたスラブである場合でも、設置箇所の防水層を取り除いた後の露出したスラブに基礎を設置し、基礎を設置した直後に設置箇所近傍の防水層を補修する(新たな防水層を施す)ことができるから、基礎を迅速に設置することができ、基礎の設置に要する時間を大幅に短縮することができる。
In the foundation temporary installation process, the concrete and waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second part of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam, and the metal tube and metal plate In the anchor hole drilling process, the metal base was temporarily installed so that the first part was located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam. The installation foundation construction method of drilling an anchor hole in the slab according to the bolt hole position is to fix the anchor bolt to the second part of the metal plate of the lightweight metal base and the anchor hole, and fill the space with cement hardened material At the same time, the foundation can be constructed simply by fixing the metal lid to the metal base, saving labor, cost and time for the production of the formwork and curing of the hardened cement. With wear, it is possible to simplify the construction work, the construction time of that amount can be greatly shortened. Even if the foundation installation site is a slab with a waterproof layer with waterproof function on the roof or basement of an existing steel structure, the exposed slab after removing the waterproof layer at the installation site The foundation can be installed immediately, and immediately after the foundation is installed, the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer is applied), so the foundation can be installed quickly and the time required to install the foundation Can be greatly shortened.
金属土台を覆う防水層を設置する防水層設置工程を含み、防水層設置工程において、金属土台の外側に延びる防水層をコンクリート床の防水層につなげる基礎施工方法は、防水層を設けることによって基礎がコンクリート床の屋外に設置された場合でも金属土台への水の侵入を防ぐことができ、金属土台に水が進入することによる土台の腐食や強度低下を防ぐことができる。また、コンクリート床への水の進入を防ぐことができ、水の進入によるコンクリート床や鉄骨躯体の劣化を防ぐことができる。
Including a waterproof layer installation step of installing a waterproof layer covering the metal base, and in the waterproof layer installation step, the foundation construction method for connecting the waterproof layer extending outside the metal base to the waterproof layer of the concrete floor is based on the provision of the waterproof layer. Even when installed on the concrete floor outdoors, water can be prevented from entering the metal base, and the base can be prevented from being corroded or reduced in strength due to water entering the metal base. Moreover, the entrance of water to the concrete floor can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor and the steel frame due to the entrance of water can be prevented.
金属板の第2部分に第1側板と第2側板とが連接され、金属板の第2部分と第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースにセメント硬化物を充填する据え付け基礎施工方法は、第1および第2側板が金属板の強度を増加させる補強板として機能するから、金属板の変形や破損がそれら側板によって防止され、優れた強度を有する据え付け基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、スペースにセメント硬化物を充填するから、支持ボルトまたはアンカーボルトがスペースにおいて露出することがなく、ボルトの腐食や固定の緩みを防ぐことができ、ボルトが腐食することによるボルトと金属板との固定の解除を防ぐことができるとともに、ボルトが緩むことによる基礎としての機能の喪失を防ぐことができる。
The mounting foundation construction method in which the first side plate and the second side plate are connected to the second portion of the metal plate, and the space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate is filled with the cement hardened material is the first method. Since the second side plate functions as a reinforcing plate that increases the strength of the metal plate, deformation and breakage of the metal plate are prevented by the side plates, and an installation base having excellent strength can be made. The installation foundation construction method fills the space with cement hardened material, so the support bolts or anchor bolts are not exposed in the space, and the bolt can be prevented from corroding or loosening. And the metal plate can be prevented from being released, and the loss of the function as the foundation due to the loosening of the bolt can be prevented.
金属板の第2部分に第1側板と第2側板とが連接され、金属板の第2部分と第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースの頂部に頂板を固定してスペースを塞ぐスペース閉鎖工程を含む基礎施工方法は、第1および第2側板が金属板の強度を増加させる補強板として機能するから、金属板の変形や破損がそれら側板によって防止され、優れた強度を有する据え付け基礎を作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、支持ボルトまたはアンカーボルトが外部に露出することがなく、スペースへの水の進入を防ぐことができるから、ボルトの腐食を防ぐことができ、ボルトが腐食することによるボルトと金属板との固定の解除を防ぐことができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、スペースの頂部開口を頂部板で塞ぐだけなので、スペースにセメント硬化物を充填する場合と比較し、セメント硬化物を養生する期間を短縮することができ、その分の施工期間を短縮することができる。
A space closing step in which the first side plate and the second side plate are connected to the second portion of the metal plate, and the top plate is fixed to the top of the space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate to close the space. Including the foundation construction method, the first and second side plates function as reinforcing plates that increase the strength of the metal plate, so that deformation and breakage of the metal plate are prevented by the side plates, and an installation foundation having excellent strength is made. Can do. In the installation foundation construction method, the support bolts or anchor bolts are not exposed to the outside and water can be prevented from entering the space. Therefore, corrosion of the bolts can be prevented. Release of the fixation with the metal plate can be prevented. Since the installation foundation construction method only blocks the top opening of the space with the top plate, the period of curing the hardened cement can be shortened compared to the case where the hardened cement is filled in the space. Can be shortened.
セメント硬化物充填工程において、金属管の所定の箇所に形成された充填孔から空間にセメント硬化物を充填する据え付け基礎施工方法は、充填孔を利用して空間にセメント硬化物を充填することができるから、空間にセメント硬化物を確実に充填することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトまたはアンカーボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させることができ、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。
In the cement hardened material filling process, the installation foundation construction method for filling the cement hardened material into the space from the filling hole formed in the predetermined place of the metal tube is possible to fill the space with the cement hardened material using the filling hole. Therefore, the hardened cement can be reliably filled in the space. In the installation foundation construction method, the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation can be shared between the support bolt or anchor bolt and the hardened cement hardened material. It is not inadvertently inclined or the foundation collapses, and it is possible to create a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings.
セメント硬化物充填工程において、金属管の底壁の所定の箇所に形成された確認孔から空間におけるセメント硬化物の充填状態を確認しつつ、空間にセメント硬化物を充填する基礎施工方法は、確認孔を利用して空間に充填されたセメント硬化物の充填状態を確認することができ、セメント硬化物が空間に偏って充填されることはなく、セメント硬化物を空間全域に満遍なく充填することができる。基礎施工方法は、基礎の上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎にかかる荷重を支持ボルトまたはアンカーボルトと硬化したセメント硬化物とに分担させることができ、基礎にかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎が崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎を作ることができる。
In the cement hardened material filling process, confirm the basic construction method to fill the space with cement hardened material while confirming the filling state of the cement hardened material in the space from the confirmation hole formed in the predetermined place of the bottom wall of the metal pipe It is possible to check the filling state of the cement hardened material filled in the space using holes, the cement hardened material is not filled in the space, and the cement hardened material can be filled evenly throughout the space. it can. In the foundation construction method, the load applied to the foundation when a mechanical device or building is installed on the foundation can be shared between the support bolt or anchor bolt and the hardened cement hardened material. It is possible to create a foundation that can reliably support machinery and buildings without inadvertent inclination or collapse of the foundation.
一例として示す据え付け基礎10Aの斜視図である図1等の添付の図面を参照し、本発明にかかる据え付け基礎施工方法の詳細を説明すると、以下のとおりである。図1では、鉄骨構造物11に設置された1個の据え付け基礎10Aを図示しているが、基礎10Aの個数を図示のそれに限定するものではなく、一般的には2個以上の基礎10Aが鉄骨構造物11に設置される。
The details of the installation foundation construction method according to the present invention will be described with reference to the attached drawings such as FIG. 1 which is a perspective view of the installation foundation 10A shown as an example. In FIG. 1, one installation base 10A installed on the steel structure 11 is illustrated, but the number of the foundations 10A is not limited to that shown in the drawing, and generally two or more foundations 10A are provided. It is installed in the steel structure 11.
なお、図2は、据え付け基礎10Aの上面図であり、図3は、図1のA-A線断面図である。図4は、据え付け基礎10Aの施工手順の一例を示す図であり、図5は、図4から続く据え付け基礎10Aの施工手順を示す図である。図6は、金属土台16の上面図であり、図7は、金属土台16の側面図である。図1では、上下方向を矢印X1、横方向を矢印X2で示し、前後方向を矢印X3で示す。図3~5では、鉄骨構造物11を断面として示し、一部を除く基礎10Aの各部品を断面として示す。
2 is a top view of the mounting base 10A, and FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a construction procedure for the installation foundation 10A, and FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a construction procedure for the installation foundation 10A continued from FIG. FIG. 6 is a top view of the metal base 16, and FIG. 7 is a side view of the metal base 16. In FIG. 1, the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1, the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2, and the front-back direction is indicated by an arrow X3. 3 to 5, the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10A excluding a part is shown as a cross section.
据え付け基礎10Aは、新設または既設の鉄骨構造物11(鉄骨建物を含むあらゆる鉄骨建造物)の屋上や地下の所定の据え付け箇所に設置される。据え付け箇所は、屋上や地下の鉄骨柱と鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設されたスラブである。ここで、「スラブ」とは、厳密には「床版」を意味するが、この実施の形態では、鉄骨構造物11の地下の床のみならず屋上の床も含む意味で用いる。
The installation foundation 10A is installed at a predetermined installation location on the rooftop or underground of a new or existing steel structure 11 (any steel structure including a steel building). The installation place is a slab installed at the intersection of a steel column and a steel beam on the roof or underground. Here, strictly speaking, “slab” means “floor slab”, but in this embodiment, it is used to include not only the underground floor of the steel structure 11 but also the roof of the roof.
この基礎10Aを据え付ける鉄骨構造物11は、図4に示すように、鉄骨躯体54と、躯体54の上に施設されたコンクリート床12とから形成されている。鉄骨躯体54は、鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56とから形成されている。鉄骨柱55や鉄骨梁56には、ウェブ57およびフランジ58を有するH形鋼が使用されている。鉄骨柱55のH形鋼には、コンクリート59が打設されている。それらH形鋼は、それらのフランジ58に固定されたつなぎ板60を介して連結されている。なお、鉄骨柱55や鉄骨梁56には、H形鋼の他に、角形鋼管や円形鋼管、山形鋼、溝形鋼、C形鋼のいずれかを使用することもできる。
The steel structure 11 on which the foundation 10A is installed is formed of a steel frame 54 and a concrete floor 12 provided on the frame 54, as shown in FIG. The steel frame 54 is formed of a steel column 55 and a steel beam 56. An H-section steel having a web 57 and a flange 58 is used for the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56. Concrete 59 is cast on the H-shaped steel of the steel column 55. The H-shaped steels are connected via a connecting plate 60 fixed to the flanges 58. In addition to the H-shaped steel, the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56 may be any one of a square steel pipe, a circular steel pipe, an angle steel, a grooved steel, and a C-shaped steel.
コンクリート床12は、コンクリートスラブ13と、スラブ13の上に施設された防水層14と、防水層14の上に施設され押さえコンクリート15(モルタル層)とから形成されている。なお、鉄骨構造物11が地下に構築された場合、防水層14と押さえコンクリート15とが存在せず、スラブ13のみからコンクリート床12を形成する場合がある。また、スラブ13には、図示はしていないが、複数本の鉄筋が埋設されている。
The concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14 provided on the slab 13, and a pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) provided on the waterproof layer 14. When the steel structure 11 is constructed underground, the waterproof layer 14 and the pressing concrete 15 are not present, and the concrete floor 12 may be formed only from the slab 13. Further, although not shown, a plurality of reinforcing bars are embedded in the slab 13.
据え付け基礎施工方法では、据え付け基礎10Aがコンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除いたコンクリートスラブ13の上に設置される。基礎施工方法では、金属土台16および金属蓋17、複数本の高さ調節ボルト18、複数本の支持ボルト19、モルタル20(セメント硬化物)、防水層21、成型材22(枠材)の汎用化(規格化)された各基礎構成部品を利用し、それら基礎構成部品を所定のマニュアル化された手順で組み立てることで据え付け基礎10Aを作る。
In the installation foundation construction method, the installation foundation 10A is installed on a concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12. In the basic construction method, the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of supporting bolts 19, the mortar 20 (cured cement), the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 (frame material) Using each standardized (standardized) basic component, the basic component is assembled by a predetermined manual procedure to make an installation base 10A.
それら基礎部品(金属土台16、金属蓋17、調節ボルト18、支持ボルト19、モルタル20、防水層21、成型材22)は、基礎部品製造工場で製造され、工場から設置現場に搬送される。なお、基礎部品製造工場からの出荷時では、後記する金属板24の第2部分31に支持ボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)が作られておらず、施工箇所において第2部分31に支持ボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する。また、金属板24の第1部分30には、複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が基礎部品製造工場においてあらかじめ作られており、それらボルト螺着孔32に高さ調節ボルト18が螺着されている。
These basic parts (metal base 16, metal lid 17, adjustment bolt 18, support bolt 19, mortar 20, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22) are manufactured at the basic part manufacturing factory and transported from the factory to the installation site. At the time of shipment from the base part manufacturing factory, the support bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) is not made in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 described later, and the support bolt insertion is made in the second portion 31 at the construction site. Hole 39 is drilled. Further, a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 are formed in the first part 30 of the metal plate 24 in advance in a basic part manufacturing factory, and the height adjustment bolt 18 is screwed into the bolt screw holes 32. Yes.
据え付け基礎10Aを鉄骨構造物11の屋上に設置する場合を例として、据え付け基礎施工方法の一例を説明すると、以下のとおりである。最初に、鉄骨構造物11の屋上における基礎10Aの据え付け箇所を位置決めし、コンクリート床12の据え付け箇所にマーキングをするとともに、図4に示すように、その据え付け箇所において、コンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除き、コンクリートスラブ13を露出させる。
An example of the installation foundation construction method will be described as follows, taking the case where the installation foundation 10A is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11 as an example. First, the installation location of the foundation 10A on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location of the concrete floor 12 is marked. At the installation location, as shown in FIG. And the waterproof layer 14 are removed, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed.
なお、図示のコンクリート床12は、コンクリートスラブ13と防水層14と押さえコンクリート15とから形成されているが、コンクリート床12を図示のそれに限定するものではなく、現在使用されている他の構成のコンクリート床すべてにこの据え付け基礎10Aを施工することができる。たとえば、コンクリートスラブの上にさらに合成樹脂を塗布して樹脂被膜を形成したコンクリート床の場合、基礎据え付け箇所では、コンクリート床から樹脂被膜と押さえコンクリートと防水層とを取り除き、コンクリートスラブを露出させる。
The illustrated concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14, and pressing concrete 15, but the concrete floor 12 is not limited to that illustrated, and other configurations currently in use are used. This installation foundation 10A can be constructed on all concrete floors. For example, in the case of a concrete floor in which a synthetic resin is further applied onto a concrete slab to form a resin film, the resin film, the pressing concrete, and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor at the foundation installation location to expose the concrete slab.
コンクリート床12からコンクリートスラブ13を露出させた後、スラブ13の内部に設置された鉄筋の位置をセンサを利用して測定する。次に、それら鉄筋を避ける位置に支持ボルト19を設置するため、支持ボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)の鉄筋を避けた位置の穿孔箇所を金属板24の第2部分31にマーキングする。マーキングに合わせ、ドリルを利用して金属板24の第2部分31の穿孔箇所に支持ボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する(ボルト孔第1穿孔工程)。ボルト挿通孔39を穿孔した後、図5に示すように、スラブ13における基礎据え付け箇所のマーキングに合わせ、その据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置する(土台仮設置工程)。
After the concrete slab 13 is exposed from the concrete floor 12, the position of the reinforcing bar installed in the slab 13 is measured using a sensor. Next, in order to install the support bolt 19 at a position where the reinforcing bars are avoided, a drilled portion at a position where the reinforcing bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) avoids the reinforcing bars is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. In accordance with the marking, a support bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (bolt hole first drilling step). After drilling the bolt insertion hole 39, as shown in FIG. 5, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location in accordance with the marking of the foundation installation location on the slab 13 (base temporary installation step).
金属土台16は、形状や寸法が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、複数個のそれらが施工現場以外の基礎部品製造工場で製造された後、施工現場に搬送される。金属土台16は、コンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除いたスラブ13の上に配置される。金属土台16は、図6,7に示すように、中空筒状の金属管23と、平面形状が略矩形の金属板24とから形成されている。金属土台16は、金属板24の上面に金属管23を溶接することによって製造される。金属管23や金属板24は、鉄やアルミニウム、合金等の金属から作られている。
The metal base 16 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a basic part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site. The metal base 16 is disposed on the slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the metal base 16 is formed of a hollow cylindrical metal tube 23 and a metal plate 24 having a substantially rectangular planar shape. The metal base 16 is manufactured by welding a metal tube 23 to the upper surface of the metal plate 24. The metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 are made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy.
金属土台16では、それを形成する金属管23(金属板24の後記する第1部分30を含む)が鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56との交差箇所に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に配置され、金属板24の後記する第2部分31が鉄骨梁56に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に配置される。なお、金属土台16は、鉄筋コンクリート基礎と比較し、コンクリートが省かれている分だけ軽量である。ゆえに、その金属土台16を利用することで、基礎10Aの重量を大幅に軽量化することができる。
In the metal base 16, the metal tube 23 (including the first portion 30 described later) of the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56. A second portion 31 described later of the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided in the steel beam 56. The metal base 16 is lighter than the reinforced concrete foundation because the concrete is omitted. Therefore, by using the metal base 16, the weight of the foundation 10A can be significantly reduced.
金属管23は、略矩形の各側板25を有し、その断面が略四角形に成型されている。金属管23は、金属板24の中央部の上面に配置され、その下端縁が金属板24の上面に溶接によって接合(融着)されている。金属管23にはそれら側壁25によって中空スペース26が画成され、金属管23の頂部にはそれら側板25の上端縁に囲繞された頂部開口27が形成されている。金属管23の頂部には、蓋固定ボルト28を螺着する複数の固定ボルト螺着孔29が作られている。固定ボルト螺着孔29には、蓋固定ボルト28が螺着する雌螺子(図示せず)が作られている。
The metal tube 23 has each side plate 25 having a substantially rectangular shape, and its cross section is formed into a substantially rectangular shape. The metal tube 23 is disposed on the upper surface of the central portion of the metal plate 24, and the lower end edge thereof is joined (fused) to the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding. A hollow space 26 is defined by the side walls 25 in the metal tube 23, and a top opening 27 surrounded by the upper edge of the side plates 25 is formed at the top of the metal tube 23. A plurality of fixing bolt screw holes 29 for screwing the lid fixing bolts 28 are formed on the top of the metal tube 23. A female screw (not shown) into which the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed is formed in the fixing bolt screw hole 29.
金属板24は、金属管23の下端縁から径方向内方(金属管23の横方向内側)へ延びる第1部分30と、金属管23の下端縁から径方向外方(金属管23の横方向外側)へ延びる第2部分31とを有する。第1部分30には、高さ調節ボルト18を螺着する複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が作られている(図6参照)。調節ボルト螺着孔32には、高さ調節ボルト18が螺着する雌螺子(図示せず)が作られている。なお、第1部分30におけるボルト螺着孔32の個数や穿孔箇所に特に限定はなく、それら孔32を第1部分30の任意の箇所に作ることができる。
The metal plate 24 includes a first portion 30 extending radially inward (laterally inside the metal tube 23) from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23, and radially outward (laterally of the metal tube 23) from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23. And a second portion 31 extending outward in the direction). A plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed are formed in the first portion 30 (see FIG. 6). A female screw (not shown) into which the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed is formed in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32. There are no particular restrictions on the number of bolt screw holes 32 in the first portion 30 or the location of the holes, and the holes 32 can be made at any location in the first portion 30.
金属板24の第1部分30の中央部には、モルタル20を充填するための楕円形の充填孔33が作られている。第1部分30の四隅には、モルタル20の充填状態を確認するための確認孔34が作られている(図6参照)。第1部分30には、横方向と縦方向とへ延びる複数の補強板35が設置されている。それら補強板35は、金属管23の内面と金属板24の上面とに溶接によって接合(融着)されている。補強板35は、金属管23および金属板24の強度を増加させる補強材として機能する。
In the central portion of the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24, an elliptical filling hole 33 for filling the mortar 20 is formed. Confirmation holes 34 for confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 are formed at the four corners of the first portion 30 (see FIG. 6). The first portion 30 is provided with a plurality of reinforcing plates 35 extending in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. The reinforcing plates 35 are joined (fused) to the inner surface of the metal tube 23 and the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding. The reinforcing plate 35 functions as a reinforcing material that increases the strength of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24.
金属板24の第2部分31は、横方向へ延びる両端縁(周縁)と、前後方向へ延びる両側縁(周縁)とを有する。第2部分31には、その両端縁に沿って端縁から上方へ起立する矩形の第1側板36が溶接によって接合(融着)され、その両側縁に沿って側縁から上方へ起立する矩形の第1側板36が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。第2部分31(第1部分30を含む)の端縁に連接された第1側板36は、互いに平行して横方向へ延びている。第2部分31の側縁に連接された第1側板36は、互いに平行して前後方向へ延びている。
The second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 has both end edges (periphery) extending in the lateral direction and both side edges (periphery) extending in the front-rear direction. A rectangular first side plate 36 erected upward from the end edge along both end edges thereof is joined (fused) to the second portion 31 by welding, and a rectangular erected upward from the side edge along both side edges thereof. The first side plate 36 is joined (fused) by welding. The first side plates 36 connected to the edge of the second portion 31 (including the first portion 30) extend in the lateral direction in parallel with each other. The first side plates 36 connected to the side edges of the second portion 31 extend in the front-rear direction in parallel with each other.
金属板24の第2部分31には、第1側板36の間に位置して第2部分31から上方へ起立する矩形の第2側板37が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。第2側板37は、互いに平行して前後方向へ延びている。第1および第2側板36,37は、金属板24の第2部分31の強度を増加させる補強板として機能する。金属土台16には、金属板24の第2部分31と第1側板36とに囲繞されたスペース38が画成されている。スペース38には、モルタル20(セメント硬化物)が充填され、そのモルタル20がスペース38において硬化している(図3参照)。なお、図示はしていないが、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板が配置され、その頂板がスペース38の開口を塞いでいてもよい。この場合、スペース38にモルタル20は充填されず、頂板が第1および第2側板36,37の上端縁に溶接によって接合(融着)される。
The rectangular second side plate 37 located between the first side plates 36 and rising upward from the second portion 31 is joined (fused) to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 by welding. The second side plates 37 extend in the front-rear direction in parallel with each other. The first and second side plates 36 and 37 function as reinforcing plates that increase the strength of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. A space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the first side plate 36 is defined in the metal base 16. The space 38 is filled with mortar 20 (cured cement), and the mortar 20 is cured in the space 38 (see FIG. 3). Although not shown, a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top plate may block the opening of the space 38. In this case, the space 38 is not filled with the mortar 20, and the top plate is joined (fused) to the upper end edges of the first and second side plates 36 and 37 by welding.
金属板24の第2部分31には、支持ボルト19を挿通する複数の支持ボルト挿通孔39(支持ボルト第1挿通孔)が作られている(図6参照)。支持ボルト挿通孔39は、ドリルによって作られ、金属板24の第2部分31を上下方向へ貫通している。それら支持ボルト挿通孔39は、第2部分31において横方向と前後方向とへ所定間隔で並んでいる。図6では、支持ボルト挿通孔39が8個作られているが、挿通孔39の個数に特に限定はなく、基礎10Aを設置する前に行う構造計算(強度計算)によってその個数が決定される。
A plurality of support bolt insertion holes 39 (support bolt first insertion holes) through which the support bolts 19 are inserted are formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 (see FIG. 6). The support bolt insertion hole 39 is made by a drill and penetrates the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 in the vertical direction. These support bolt insertion holes 39 are arranged in the second portion 31 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction. In FIG. 6, eight support bolt insertion holes 39 are formed. However, the number of the insertion holes 39 is not particularly limited, and the number is determined by structural calculation (strength calculation) performed before the foundation 10A is installed. .
土台仮設置工程において、金属土台16を据え付け箇所に仮設置すると、金属管23および金属板24の第1部分30が鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56との交差箇所に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に位置し、金属板24の第2部分31が鉄骨梁56に施設されたスラブ13の直上に位置するとともに、高さ調節ボルト18のボルトヘッド45がスラブ13の上面に当接する。据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置すると、コンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接するそれら高さ調節ボルト18に支えられて土台16がスラブ13の上面に自立する。
When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location in the base temporary installation process, the first portion 30 of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 is directly above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56. The second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is located immediately above the slab 13 provided in the steel beam 56, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 abuts on the upper surface of the slab 13. When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location, the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13, supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
金属土台16を仮設置した後、土台16の金属板24の第1部分30に対するそれら高さ調節ボルト18の螺着位置を調節し、コンクリートスラブ13の上面からの土台16の設置高さ(高さ寸法)(空間46の高さ寸法)を調節する(設置高さ調節工程)。高さ調節ボルト18は、雄螺子(図示せず)が作られた軸44とボルトヘッド45とから形成された六角ボルトである。高さ調節ボルト18の軸44は、金属板24の第1部分30に作られた調節ボルト螺着孔32にあらかじめ螺着されている。
After temporarily installing the metal base 16, the screwing positions of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24 of the base 16 are adjusted, and the installation height (high) of the base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 is adjusted. The height dimension (the height dimension of the space 46) is adjusted (installation height adjusting step). The height adjusting bolt 18 is a hexagonal bolt formed from a shaft 44 on which a male screw (not shown) is made and a bolt head 45. The shaft 44 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed in advance into an adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 formed in the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24.
ボルトヘッド45において高さ調節ボルト18を反時計回りに回転させると、ボルト18の軸44がボルト螺着孔32の下方へ次第に進むとともに、第1部分30の下面から下方へ延出し、ボルトヘッド45がコンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接する。それによって、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ所定の寸法だけ離間させることができる。逆に、高さ調節ボルト18を時計回りに回転させると、ボルト18の軸44がボルト螺着孔32の上方へ次第に進むとともに、第1部分30の下面から上方へ延出する。それによって、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面に近づけることができる。
When the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated counterclockwise in the bolt head 45, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances downward from the bolt screwing hole 32 and extends downward from the lower surface of the first portion 30. 45 contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be spaced apart from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 by a predetermined dimension. Conversely, when the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated clockwise, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances upward from the bolt screw hole 32 and extends upward from the lower surface of the first portion 30. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be brought close to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
高さ調節ボルト18を調節ボルト螺着孔32において回転させることによって金属土台16の金属板24がコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ離間し、スラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間に所定の高さ寸法の空間46が形成される。設置高さ調節工程では、調節ボルト18を調節ボルト螺着孔32において時計回りと反時計回りとのいずれかに回転させ、金属土台16のコンクリートスラブ13の上面からの離間寸法を調節する。金属土台16の金属板24の第1部分30に対するそれら高さ調節ボルト18の螺着位置を調節することによって、空間46の高さ寸法を調節することができ、コンクリートスラブ13の上面からの金属土台16の高さ寸法をボルト18の長さを限度に調節することができる。
By rotating the height adjusting bolt 18 in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32, the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16 is separated upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and between the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24. A space 46 having a predetermined height is formed. In the installation height adjusting step, the adjusting bolt 18 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in the adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 to adjust the distance between the metal base 16 and the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. The height dimension of the space 46 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16, and the metal from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 can be adjusted. The height dimension of the base 16 can be adjusted up to the length of the bolt 18.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、高さ調節ボルト18を利用することで据え付け基礎10Aの施工中に金属土台16の高さ寸法を自由に変えることができ、基礎10Aの高さ寸法の変更要求に即座に対応することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、複数個の据え付け基礎10Aを設置する場合、それら基礎10Aどうしの高さ寸法を容易に調節することができ、それら基礎10Aの高さ寸法を均一に揃えることができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the height dimension of the metal base 16 can be freely changed during the construction of the installation foundation 10A by using the height adjusting bolt 18, and immediately the change of the height dimension of the foundation 10A is requested. Can respond. In the installation foundation construction method, when installing a plurality of installation foundations 10A, the height dimensions of the foundations 10A can be easily adjusted, and the height dimensions of the foundations 10A can be made uniform.
金属土台16の高さ寸法を調節した後、金属板24の支持ボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてコンクリートスラブ13の支持ボルト挿通孔40(ボルト孔)の穿孔箇所にマーキングをする。次に、仮設置箇所(据え付け箇所)から金属土台16を一時的に退かした後、ドリルを利用してマーキングした穿孔箇所に支持ボルト挿通孔40(支持ボルト第2挿通孔)を穿孔するとともに、支持ボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてH形鋼の上部フランジ58Aに支持ボルト挿通孔61(支持ボルト第3挿通孔)を穿孔する(ボルト孔第2穿孔工程)。支持ボルト挿通孔40は、コンクリートスラブ13を上下方向へ貫通し、支持ボルト挿通孔61は上部フランジ58Aを上下方向へ貫通している。支持ボルト挿通孔40,61は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面に載置した場合の、金属板24の第2部分31に形成された支持ボルト挿通孔39の位置と一致する。それら支持ボルト挿通孔40,61は、コンクリートスラブ13において横方向と前後方向とへ所定間隔で並んでいる。
After adjusting the height dimension of the metal base 16, marking is performed on the drilled portion of the support bolt insertion hole 40 (bolt hole) of the concrete slab 13 according to the position of the support bolt insertion hole 39 of the metal plate 24. Next, after the metal base 16 is temporarily retracted from the temporary installation location (installation location), a support bolt insertion hole 40 (support bolt second insertion hole) is drilled in the drilled location marked using a drill. Then, in accordance with the position of the support bolt insertion hole 39, a support bolt insertion hole 61 (support bolt third insertion hole) is drilled in the upper flange 58A of the H-shaped steel (bolt hole second drilling step). The support bolt insertion hole 40 penetrates the concrete slab 13 in the vertical direction, and the support bolt insertion hole 61 penetrates the upper flange 58A in the vertical direction. The support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61 coincide with the positions of the support bolt insertion holes 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. These support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction at a predetermined interval.
図8は、図5から続く据え付け基礎10Aの施工手順を示す図であり、図9は、図8から続く据え付け基礎10Aの施工手順を示す図である。ボルト孔第2穿孔工程によってコンクリートスラブ13や上部フランジ58Aに支持ボルト挿通孔40,61を作った後、金属土台16を据え付け箇所に再び仮設置し、図8に示すように、金属板24の第2部分31に作られた支持ボルト挿通孔39に支持ボルト19を挿通し、スラブ13に作られた支持ボルト挿通孔40にボルト19を挿通するとともに、上部フランジ58Aに作られた支持ボルト挿通孔61にボルト19を挿通する。
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10A continuing from FIG. 5, and FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10A continuing from FIG. After making the support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61 in the concrete slab 13 and the upper flange 58A by the second bolt hole drilling step, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed again at the installation location, and as shown in FIG. The support bolt 19 is inserted into the support bolt insertion hole 39 made in the second portion 31, the bolt 19 is inserted into the support bolt insertion hole 40 made in the slab 13, and the support bolt insertion made in the upper flange 58A. The bolt 19 is inserted into the hole 61.
支持ボルト19は、鋼材から作られ、長さや直径が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、複数本のそれらが施工現場以外の基礎部品製造工場で製造された後、施工現場に搬送される。支持ボルト19は、第1固定端部47および第2固定端部48と、第1および第2固定端部47,48の間に延びる中間部49とを有する。支持ボルト19を支持ボルト挿通孔39,40,61に挿通すると、第1固定端部47がコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ延出し、第2固定端部48が上部フランジ58Aから下方へ延出するとともに、中間部49が支持ボルト挿通孔40,61に位置する。
The support bolts 19 are made of steel and are standardized general-purpose products having the same length and diameter, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a base part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site. . The support bolt 19 has a first fixed end portion 47 and a second fixed end portion 48, and an intermediate portion 49 extending between the first and second fixed end portions 47 and 48. When the support bolt 19 is inserted into the support bolt insertion holes 39, 40, 61, the first fixed end portion 47 extends upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and the second fixed end portion 48 extends downward from the upper flange 58A. In addition, the intermediate portion 49 is located in the support bolt insertion holes 40 and 61.
次に、支持ボルト19の第1固定端部47のうちの金属板24から上方に延出する部分に六角二重ナット50(固定手段)を螺着するとともに、支持ボルト19の第2固定端部48に六角二重ナット51(固定手段)を螺着し、支持ボルト19を金属板24とH形鋼の上部フランジ58Aとに固定する(支持ボルト固定工程)。支持ボルト19のそれら固定端部47,48に六角二重ナット50,51を螺着する場合、高さ調節ボルト18によってコンクリートスラブ13の上面からの金属土台16の高さ寸法が既に調節されている。
Next, a hexagonal double nut 50 (fixing means) is screwed onto a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the support bolt 19 that extends upward from the metal plate 24, and the second fixed end of the support bolt 19. A hexagonal double nut 51 (fixing means) is screwed onto the portion 48, and the support bolt 19 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the H-shaped steel upper flange 58A (support bolt fixing step). When the hexagonal double nuts 50 and 51 are screwed onto the fixed ends 47 and 48 of the support bolt 19, the height adjustment bolt 18 has already adjusted the height dimension of the metal base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. Yes.
支持ボルト19を金属板24とH形鋼の上部フランジ58Aとに固定した後、図9に示すように、金属板24の第2部分31と第1側板36とに囲繞されたスペース38にモルタル29(セメント硬化物)を充填し、モルタル20を養生させる。なお、モルタル20の養生期間をなくすため、図示はしていないが、モルタル20の充填に代えて、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板を配置し、その頂板によってスペース38の頂部開口を塞ぐ(スペース閉鎖工程)。この場合、スペース38にモルタル20は充填せず、頂板を第1および第2側板36,37の上端縁に溶接によって接合(融着)する。
After the support bolt 19 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the upper flange 58A of H-shaped steel, the mortar is placed in the space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG. 29 (hardened cement) is filled and the mortar 20 is cured. In order to eliminate the curing period of the mortar 20, although not shown, a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 instead of filling the mortar 20, and the space 38 is formed by the top plate. The top opening is closed (space closing process). In this case, the space 38 is not filled with the mortar 20 and the top plate is joined (fused) to the upper end edges of the first and second side plates 36 and 37 by welding.
モルタル20が硬化した後(養生した後)、または、頂板でスペース38の頂部開口を塞いだ後、金属管23と金属板24との交差部に三角柱状の成型材22を設置し、その成型材22を金属管23と金属板24とに接着剤(図示せず)を介して固着する。さらに、押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブ13とに三角柱状の成型材22を設置し、その成型材22を押さえコンクリート15とスラブ13とに接着剤(図示せず)を介して固着する(枠材設置工程)。金属管23と金属板24との交差部に成型材22を設置すると、成型材22が金属管23の外周縁全域を取り囲む。押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブ13とに成型材22を設置すると、成型材22が金属板24の外周縁全域を取り囲み、成型材22がコンクリートスラブ13と金属板24の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ。
After the mortar 20 has hardened (after curing), or after the top opening of the space 38 is closed with a top plate, a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is placed at the intersection of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, and the formation is completed. The mold member 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 via an adhesive (not shown). Further, a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, and the molding material 22 is fixed to the pressing concrete 15 and the slab 13 via an adhesive (not shown) (frame material installation). Process). When the molding material 22 is installed at the intersection between the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23. When the molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 creates a gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block it.
成型材22を設置した後、金属管23の各側板25の外側と金属板24の外側(スペース38の充填されたモルタル20の上面、または、スペース38を塞ぐ頂板の上面)とに防水層21を設置する(防水層設置工程)。防水層設置工程では、複数の薄いアスファルトシートを金属管23の各側板25の外側と金属板24の外側と成型材22の外側とに固着して防水層21を作るとともに、防水層21の金属板24の第2部分31から外側に延びる部分(成型材22に固着されたアスファルトシート)をコンクリート床12の防水層14につなげる。
After the molding material 22 is installed, the waterproof layer 21 is formed on the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outer side of the metal plate 24 (the upper surface of the mortar 20 filled with the space 38 or the upper surface of the top plate closing the space 38). (Waterproof layer installation process). In the waterproof layer installation step, a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the outside of the metal plate 24, and the outside of the molding material 22 to form the waterproof layer 21. A portion (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) extending outward from the second portion 31 of the plate 24 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the concrete floor 12.
防水層設置工程では、薄いアスファルトシートを複数重ね合わせてアスファルトシート層を作るアスファルト防水を利用している。アスファルトシートは、その接着性によって金属管23の側板25、モルタル20、第1および第2側板36,37、成型材22に固着する。なお、防水層21として、アスファルト防水の他に、塩ビシート防水やゴムシート防水、ウレタン防水やエポキシ防水、FRP防水を利用することもできる。
In the waterproof layer installation process, asphalt waterproofing is used to create an asphalt sheet layer by stacking multiple thin asphalt sheets. The asphalt sheet is fixed to the side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the mortar 20, the first and second side plates 36 and 37, and the molding material 22 by its adhesiveness. In addition to asphalt waterproofing, PVC sheet waterproofing, rubber sheet waterproofing, urethane waterproofing, epoxy waterproofing, and FRP waterproofing can also be used as the waterproof layer 21.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Aが鉄骨構造物11の屋外に設置された場合でも防水層21によって金属土台16への水の侵入を防ぐことができ、土台16に水が進入することによる土台16の腐食や強度低下を防ぐことができる。また、コンクリート床12(スラブ13)への水の進入を防ぐことができ、水の進入によるコンクリート床12や鉄骨構造物11の劣化を防ぐことができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, even when the installation foundation 10A is installed outdoors of the steel structure 11, the waterproof layer 21 can prevent water from entering the metal foundation 16, and the foundation due to water entering the foundation 16 can be prevented. 16 corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, the approach of water to the concrete floor 12 (slab 13) can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor 12 and the steel structure 11 by the approach of water can be prevented.
防水層21を設置した後、コンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間に形成された空間46にモルタル20(セメント硬化物)を充填する(セメント硬化物充填工程)。セメント硬化物充填工程では、確認孔34から空間46におけるモルタル20の充填状態を確認しつつ、充填孔33から空間46にモルタル20を充填する。空間46では、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化し、モルタル20がコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第1および第2部分30,31の下面とに接合されているとともに、支持ボルト19に接合されている。
After the waterproof layer 21 is installed, the mortar 20 (hardened cement material) is filled in a space 46 formed between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 (cement hardened material filling step). In the cement hardened material filling step, the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34. In the space 46, the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the support bolt 19. It is joined to.
空間46では、支持ボルト19の第1固定端部47のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第2部分31との間に延びる部分がモルタル20と一体になっている。硬化したモルタル20は、基礎10Aの上(金属蓋17の上)にソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Aにかかる荷重を支持ボルト19とともに分担する。なお、空間46に充填するセメント硬化物には、モルタル20の他に、コンクリートを利用することもできる。
In the space 46, a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the support bolt 19 that extends between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is integrated with the mortar 20. The hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or a steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10A (on the metal lid 17). The load applied to 10A is shared with the support bolt 19. In addition to the mortar 20, concrete can also be used as the hardened cement filling the space 46.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、支持ボルト19を金属板24とH形鋼の上部フランジ58Aとに固定した後に充填孔33を利用して空間46にモルタル20を充填することができるから、空間46にモルタル20を確実に充填することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、確認孔34を利用して空間46に充填されたモルタル20の充填状態を確認することができるから、モルタル20が空間46に偏って充填されることはなく、モルタル20を空間46全域に満遍なく充填することができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the space 46 can be filled with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33 after the support bolt 19 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the H-shaped steel upper flange 58A. 20 can be reliably filled. Since the installation foundation construction method can check the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is not filled. The entire space 46 can be filled evenly.
空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込み、金属管23の頂部開口27を塞ぐ。金属蓋17は、形状や寸法が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、複数個のそれらが施工現場以外の基礎部品製造工場で製造された後、施工現場に搬送される。金属蓋17は、鉄やアルミニウム、合金等の金属から作られ、その平面形状が略矩形に成型されている。金属蓋17の上面には、図示はしていないが、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を設置するための固定器具が取り付けられている。
Immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23. The metal lid 17 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a base part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site. The metal lid 17 is made of a metal such as iron, aluminum, or alloy, and its planar shape is molded into a substantially rectangular shape. On the upper surface of the metal lid 17, although not shown in the figure, a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner or other mechanical equipment, or a fixture for installing a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is attached. It has been.
金属蓋17の下面であって蓋17の周縁の内側には、蓋17を金属管23の頂部に固定するためのアングル材41(鋼材)が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。金属蓋17の下面であって蓋17の周縁には、水切り用アングル材42(鋼材)が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。アングル材41には、蓋固定ボルト28を挿通する固定ボルト挿通孔(図示せず)が作られ、その固定ボルト挿通孔に六角ナット43が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。
An angle member 41 (steel material) for fixing the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23 is joined (fused) by welding on the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and inside the periphery of the lid 17. A draining angle member 42 (steel material) is joined (fused) to the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and the periphery of the lid 17 by welding. A fixing bolt insertion hole (not shown) for inserting the lid fixing bolt 28 is made in the angle member 41, and a hexagon nut 43 is joined (fused) to the fixing bolt insertion hole by welding.
金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ後、金属管23の各側板25の上部に作られた固定ボルト螺着孔29に蓋固定ボルト28を螺着するとともに、金属蓋17のアングル材41の蓋固定ボルト挿通孔にボルト29を挿通し、ボルト挿通孔に取り付けられた六角ナット43にボルト29を螺着して蓋17を金属管25の頂部に固定する(頂部閉鎖工程)(図3援用)。金属管24の頂部開口27は、金属蓋17によって水密に塞がれている。
After fitting the metal lid 17 on the top of the metal tube 23, the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( FIG. 3 support). The top opening 27 of the metal tube 24 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
なお、空隙(空間46の周縁)が成型材22によって塞がれているから、成型材22が硬化前のモルタル20の漏れを防ぐ堤防となり、空間46に充填されたモルタル20が空隙(空間46)から漏れ出すことはなく、モルタル20の充填後に直ちに金属蓋17で頂部開口27を閉塞することができる。据え付け基礎10Aでは、金属管25の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ(固定した)直後において空間46に充填されたモルタル20が未硬化状態にあり、管25の頂部に蓋17を固定した後からモルタル20の養生期間が開始する。
In addition, since the space | gap (periphery of the space 46) is obstruct | occluded by the molding material 22, the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space | gap (space 46). The top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled. In the mounting base 10 </ b> A, the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25. The curing period for mortar 20 begins.
空間46では、モルタル20の養生期間が経過し、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化することで、支持ボルト19の第1固定端部47のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24との間に延びる部分(ボルト19の第1固定端部47のうちの板24の下面から下方へ露出する部分)がモルタル20と一体になり、鉄筋モルタルを形成する。以上の各工程が終了すると、図1~3に示す据え付け基礎10Aが完成する。
In the space 46, the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, whereby the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the metal plate 24 in the first fixed end portion 47 of the support bolt 19. A portion extending therebetween (a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the bolt 19 exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar. When the above steps are completed, the installation base 10A shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 is completed.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、モルタル20を空間46に充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部開口27を金属蓋17によって塞ぎ、基礎10Aを完成させることができるから、空間46に充填したモルタル20の養生期間の分だけ施工期間を短縮することができ、養生期間を待つことなく、複数の基礎10Aの施工を平行して行うことができる。なお、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板を配置し、その頂板によってスペース38の頂部開口を塞ぐ場合、スペース38にモルタル20を充填する場合と比較し、モルタル20を養生する期間を短縮することができ、その分の施工期間を短縮することができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, and the foundation 10A can be completed. The construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10A can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period. In addition, when a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the top opening of the space 38 is blocked by the top plate, the mortar 20 is cured as compared with the case where the space 38 is filled with the mortar 20. The construction period can be shortened, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の所定の据え付け箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、仮設置された金属土台16のスラブ13の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板24に支持ボルト第1挿通孔39を穿孔するボルト孔第1穿孔工程と、金属板24の第2部分31に形成された支持ボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてコンクリートスラブ13および鉄骨梁の上部フランジ58Aに支持ボルト挿通孔40,61を穿孔するボルト孔第2穿孔工程と、それら支持ボルト挿通孔39,40,61に支持ボルト19を挿通し、六角二重ナット50,51を介して支持ボルト19を金属板24の第2部分31および鉄骨梁の上部フランジ58Aに固定する支持ボルト固定工程と、金属土台16の外周縁とコンクリートスラブ13との間にスラブ13と土台16の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ成型材22を設置する枠材設置工程と、スラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を固定する金属管閉鎖工程とから基礎10Aが作られ、汎用部品化された各基礎部品を各工程によってユニットシステムとして組み立てるから、施工作業をマニュアル化することができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができる。
The installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13. Concrete adjustment in accordance with the position adjustment step, the bolt hole first drilling step of drilling the support bolt first insertion hole 39 in the metal plate 24, and the position of the support bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. A bolt hole second drilling step for drilling support bolt insertion holes 40, 61 in the upper flange 58A of the slab 13 and the steel beam, and a support bolt 19 is inserted into the support bolt insertion holes 39, 40, 61, thereby providing a hexagonal double nut. A supporting bolt fixing step for fixing the supporting bolt 19 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the upper flange 58A of the steel beam through the metal plates 50 and 51; A frame material installation step of installing a molding material 22 that closes the gap between the outer peripheral edge of the slab 13 and the base 16 between the outer peripheral edge of the slab 13 and the concrete slab 13, and the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 The foundation 10A is made from a cement hardened material filling process in which the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20 and a metal tube closing process in which the metal lid 17 is fixed to the top of the metal tube 23. Since each unit is assembled as a unit system, the construction work can be manualized and the construction work can be simplified.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Aを形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎製造工場や施工現場において基礎10Aを作るためにモルタルを養生する必要はなく、支持ボルト19を軽量な金属土台16の金属板24の第2部分31と鉄骨梁の上部フランジ58Aとに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後に、金属管23に金属蓋17を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やモルタルの養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。
The installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the installation foundation 10A, and it is not necessary to cure the mortar to make the foundation 10A at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. The support bolt 19 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the upper flange 58A of the steel beam, and immediately after the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is fixed to the metal tube 23. You can build a foundation just by doing it, save labor, cost and time for mold production and mortar curing, simplify the construction work, and greatly increase the construction period. Can be shortened.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、支持ボルト19を金属板24の第2部分31と鉄骨梁の上部フランジ58Aとに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填するから、据え付け基礎10Aを鉄骨構造物11に強固に設置することができ、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎10Aを作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填し、基礎10Aの上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Aにかかる荷重を支持ボルト19と硬化したモルタル20とに分担させるから、基礎10Aにかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎10Aが崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持することが可能な基礎10Aを作ることができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the support bolt 19 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the upper flange 58A of the steel beam, and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, so the installation foundation 10A is firmly attached to the steel structure 11. It is possible to make a foundation 10A that can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air conditioning equipment, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the installation foundation construction method, the load applied to the foundation 10A when the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 and the machinery and the building are provided on the foundation 10A. Since the load is shared between the support bolt 19 and the hardened mortar 20, the load applied to the foundation 10A is not inadvertently tilted or the foundation 10A is not collapsed, and the machine equipment and the building are reliably supported. 10A can be made.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Aの据え付け箇所が既設の鉄骨構造物11の屋上や地下に防水機能を施した防水層14を備えたコンクリートスラブ13である場合でも、据え付け箇所の防水層14を取り除いた後の露出したスラブ13に基礎10Aを設置し、基礎10Aを設置した直後に据え付け箇所近傍の防水層14を補修する(新たな防水層21を施す)ことができるから、基礎10Aを迅速に設置することができ、基礎10Aの設置に要する時間を大幅に短縮することができる。
Even if the installation location of the installation foundation 10A is the concrete slab 13 provided with the waterproof layer 14 having a waterproof function on the roof or underground of the existing steel structure 11, the installation foundation waterproof layer 14 is installed. Since the foundation 10A is installed on the exposed slab 13 after the removal, and the waterproof layer 14 in the vicinity of the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10A is installed, the foundation 10A can be quickly The time required for installing the foundation 10A can be greatly shortened.
図10は、他の一例として示す据え付け基礎10Bの斜視図であり、図11は、据え付け基礎10Bの上面図である。図12は、図10のB-B線断面図であり、図13は、据え付け基礎10Bの施工手順の一例を示す図である。図14は、図13から続く据え付け基礎10Bの施工手順を示す図であり、図15は、金属土台16の上面図である。図16は、金属土台16の側面図である。図10では、上下方向を矢印X1、横方向を矢印X2で示し、前後方向を矢印X3で示す。図12~図14では、鉄骨構造物11を断面として示し、一部を除く基礎10Bの各部品を断面として示す。
FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an installation base 10B shown as another example, and FIG. 11 is a top view of the installation base 10B. FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. 10, and FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a construction procedure for the installation base 10B. FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the mounting base 10B continued from FIG. 13, and FIG. 15 is a top view of the metal base 16. FIG. 16 is a side view of the metal base 16. In FIG. 10, the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1, the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2, and the front-rear direction is indicated by an arrow X3. 12 to 14, the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10B excluding a part is shown as a cross section.
この据え付け基礎10Bが図1のそれと異なるところは、支持ボルト19に代えてアンカーボルト62が使用され、そのアンカーボルト62がコンクリートスラブ13に作られたアンカーホール63に固定されている点、鉄骨梁56を形成するH形鋼の上部フランジ58Aに支持ボルト挿通孔61が作られていない点にある。なお、この基礎10Bのその他の構成は、図1の基礎10Aの構成と同一であるから、図1の基礎10Aと同一の符号を付すとともに、図1の基礎10Aの説明を援用することで、この基礎10Bにおけるその他の構成の詳細な説明は省略する。
1 is different from that of FIG. 1 in that an anchor bolt 62 is used in place of the support bolt 19 and the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to an anchor hole 63 formed in the concrete slab 13. The support bolt insertion hole 61 is not formed in the upper flange 58A of the H-section steel forming 56. In addition, since the other structure of this foundation 10B is the same as that of the foundation 10A of FIG. 1, while attaching | subjecting the code | symbol same as the foundation 10A of FIG. 1, and using description of the foundation 10A of FIG. Detailed description of other components in the foundation 10B will be omitted.
図6を援用しつつ図13,14を参照し、据え付け基礎10Bを鉄骨構造物11の屋上に設置する場合を例として、据え付け基礎施工方法の一例を説明すると、以下のとおりである。据え付け基礎施工方法では、図1のそれと同様に、据え付け基礎10Bがコンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15(モルタル層)と防水層14とを取り除いたコンクリートスラブ13の上に設置される。基礎施工方法では、金属土台16および金属蓋17、複数本の高さ調節ボルト18、複数本のアンカーボルト62、モルタル20、防水層21、成型材22の汎用化(規格化)された各基礎構成部品を所定の手順で組み立てることで据え付け基礎10Bを作る。
Referring to FIGS. 13 and 14 with reference to FIG. 6, an example of the installation foundation construction method will be described as follows, taking the case where the installation foundation 10B is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11 as an example. In the installation foundation construction method, the installation foundation 10B is installed on the concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12, as in FIG. In the foundation construction method, each of the foundations for which the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of anchor bolts 62, the mortar 20, the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 are generalized (standardized). The mounting base 10B is made by assembling the components in a predetermined procedure.
なお、基礎部品製造工場からの出荷時では、後記する金属板24の第2部分31にアンカーボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)が作られておらず、施工箇所において第2部分31にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する。また、金属板24の第1部分30には、複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が基礎部品製造工場においてあらかじめ作られており、それらボルト螺着孔32に高さ調節ボルト18が螺着されている。
At the time of shipment from the base part manufacturing factory, the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) is not formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 described later, and the anchor bolt insertion is inserted into the second portion 31 at the construction site. Hole 39 is drilled. Further, a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 are formed in the first part 30 of the metal plate 24 in advance in a basic part manufacturing factory, and the height adjustment bolt 18 is screwed into the bolt screw holes 32. Yes.
据え付け基礎施工方法では、基礎部品製造工場で製造された汎用部品化された各基礎部品(金属土台16、金属蓋17、高さ調節ボルト18、アンカーボルト62、防水層21、成型材22)を工場から施工現場に搬送した後、鉄骨構造物11の屋上における基礎10Bの据え付け箇所を位置決めし、コンクリート床12の据え付け箇所にマーキングをする。次に、その据え付け箇所において、コンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除き、コンクリートスラブ13を露出させる(図6援用)。
In the installation foundation construction method, each basic part (metal base 16, metal lid 17, height adjustment bolt 18, anchor bolt 62, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22) manufactured as a general-purpose part manufactured at a base part manufacturing factory is used. After transporting from the factory to the construction site, the installation location of the foundation 10B on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location of the concrete floor 12 is marked. Next, in the installation location, the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 are removed from the concrete floor 12, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed (in FIG. 6).
コンクリート床12からコンクリートスラブ13を露出させた後、スラブ12の内部に設置された鉄筋の位置をセンサを利用して測定する。次に、それら鉄筋を避ける位置にアンカーボルト62を設置するため、アンカーボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)の鉄筋を避けた位置の穿孔箇所を金属板24の第2部分31にマーキングする。マーキングに合わせ、ドリルを利用して金属板24の第2部分31の穿孔箇所にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する(ボルト孔穿孔工程)。ボルト挿通孔39を穿孔した後、図14に示すように、スラブ13における基礎据え付け箇所のマーキングに合わせ、その据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置する(土台仮設置工程)。
After exposing the concrete slab 13 from the concrete floor 12, the position of the reinforcing bar installed inside the slab 12 is measured using a sensor. Next, in order to install the anchor bolt 62 at a position where the reinforcing bars are avoided, a drilled portion at a position where the reinforcing bars of the anchor bolt insertion holes 39 (bolt holes) are avoided is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. In accordance with the marking, an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (bolt hole drilling step). After drilling the bolt insertion hole 39, as shown in FIG. 14, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed in the installation location in accordance with the marking of the foundation installation location in the slab 13 (base temporary installation process).
金属土台16は、金属管23と金属板24とから形成されている。金属管23および金属板24の第1部分30は、鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56との交差箇所に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に配置され、金属板24の第2部分31は、鉄骨梁56に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に配置されている。金属管23は、図1の基礎10Aのそれと同一である。なお、金属土台16はコンクリートが省かれている分だけ軽量であり、その土台16を利用することで、基礎10Bの重量を大幅に軽量化することができる。
The metal base 16 is formed of a metal tube 23 and a metal plate 24. The first portion 30 of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 is disposed immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56, and the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is a steel beam. It is arranged immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at 56. The metal tube 23 is the same as that of the foundation 10A of FIG. In addition, the metal base 16 is light as much as the concrete is omitted, and by using the base 16, the weight of the foundation 10B can be significantly reduced.
金属板24は、金属管23の下端縁から径方向内方へ延びる第1部分30と、金属管23の下端縁から径方向外方へ延びる第2部分31とを有する。第1部分30には、高さ調節ボルト18を螺着する複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が作られている(図13参照)。第1部分30の中央部には、モルタル20を充填するための楕円形の充填孔33が作られ、第1部分30の四隅には、モルタル20の充填状態を確認するための確認孔34が作られている(図15参照)。第1部分30には、横方向と縦方向とへ延びる複数の補強板35が設置されている。
The metal plate 24 has a first portion 30 extending radially inward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23 and a second portion 31 extending radially outward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23. The first portion 30 is formed with a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed (see FIG. 13). An elliptical filling hole 33 for filling the mortar 20 is formed at the center of the first part 30, and confirmation holes 34 for checking the filling state of the mortar 20 are formed at the four corners of the first part 30. (See FIG. 15). The first portion 30 is provided with a plurality of reinforcing plates 35 extending in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.
金属板24の第2部分31には、その両端縁に沿って端縁から上方へ起立する第1側板36が設置され、その両側縁に沿って側縁から上方へ起立する第1側板36が設置されている。さらに、第1側板36の間に位置して第2部分31から上方へ起立する第2側板37が設置されている。金属板24の第2部分31と第1側板36とに囲繞されたスペース38には、モルタル20(セメント硬化物)が充填され、そのモルタル20がスペース38において硬化している(図12参照)。なお、図1の基礎10Aと同様に、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板が配置され、その頂板がスペース38の開口を塞いでいてもよい。
The second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is provided with a first side plate 36 that rises upward from the end edge along both end edges, and the first side plate 36 that rises upward from the side edge along both side edges. is set up. Further, a second side plate 37 that is located between the first side plates 36 and stands upward from the second portion 31 is provided. A space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 is filled with mortar 20 (hardened cement), and the mortar 20 is hardened in the space 38 (see FIG. 12). . As with the base 10 </ b> A of FIG. 1, a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top plate may block the opening of the space 38.
土台仮設置工程において金属土台16を据え付け箇所に仮設置すると、金属管23および金属板24の第1部分30が鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56との交差箇所に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に位置し、金属板24の第2部分31が鉄骨梁56に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上に位置するとともに、高さ調節ボルト18のボルトヘッド45がコンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接する。据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置すると、コンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接する高さ調節ボルト18に支えられて土台16がスラブ13の上面に自立する。
When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location in the base temporary installation process, the first portion 30 of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 is directly above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56. The second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is positioned immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided on the steel beam 56, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 abuts on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location, the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13 supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
金属土台16を仮設置した後、土台16の金属板24の第1部分30に対するそれら高さ調節ボルト18の螺着位置を調節し、コンクリートスラブ13の上面からの土台16の設置高さ(高さ寸法)(空間46の高さ寸法)を調節する(設置高さ調節工程)。据え付け基礎施工方法は、高さ調節ボルト18を利用することで基礎10Bの施工中に金属土台16の高さ寸法を自由に変えることができ、基礎10Bの高さ寸法の変更要求に即座に対応することができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、複数個のそれらを設置する場合にそれら基礎10Bどうしの高さ寸法を容易に調節することができ、それら基礎10Bの高さ寸法を均一に揃えることができる。
After temporarily installing the metal base 16, the screwing positions of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24 of the base 16 are adjusted, and the installation height (high) of the base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 is adjusted. The height dimension (the height dimension of the space 46) is adjusted (installation height adjusting step). The installation foundation construction method can use the height adjustment bolt 18 to freely change the height of the metal base 16 during construction of the foundation 10B, and immediately respond to the request for changing the height of the foundation 10B. can do. The installation foundation construction method can easily adjust the height dimensions of the foundations 10B when a plurality of them are installed, and can make the height dimensions of the foundations 10B uniform.
金属板24のアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63の穿孔箇所にマーキングをする。次に、仮設置箇所(据え付け箇所)から金属土台16を一時的に退かした後、ドリルを利用してマーキングした穿孔箇所にアンカーホール63を穿孔する(アンカーホール穿孔工程)。アンカーホール63は、コンクリートスラブ13を上下方向へ延びている。アンカーホール63は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面に載置した場合の、金属板24の第2部分31に形成されたアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置と一致する。それらアンカーホール63は、コンクリートスラブ13において横方向と前後方向とへ所定間隔で並んでいる。
Marking is performed on the drilled portion of the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 according to the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 of the metal plate 24. Next, after temporarily retracting the metal base 16 from the temporary installation location (installation location), the anchor hole 63 is drilled in the drilled location marked using a drill (anchor hole drilling step). The anchor hole 63 extends up and down the concrete slab 13. The anchor hole 63 coincides with the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. These anchor holes 63 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction.
アンカーホール穿孔工程においてコンクリートスラブ13にアンカーホール63を作った後、金属土台16を据え付け箇所に再び仮設置し、図14に示すように、金属板24の第2部分31に作られたアンカーボルト挿通孔39にアンカーボルト62を挿通し、スラブ13に作られたアンカーホール63にアンカーボルト62を挿入する。
After the anchor hole 63 is formed in the concrete slab 13 in the anchor hole drilling process, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed again at the installation location, and the anchor bolt formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG. The anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the insertion hole 39 and the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 formed in the slab 13.
アンカーボルト62を挿通孔39に挿通し、アンカーホール63に挿入すると、第1固定端部64がコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ延出し、第2固定端部65がアンカーホール63に位置する。次に、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64のうちの金属板24から上方に延出する部分に六角二重ナット50(固定手段)を螺着し、アンカーボルト62を金属板24とコンクリートスラブ13とに固定する(アンカーボルト固定工程)。アンカーボルト62の固定端部64に六角二重ナット50を螺着する場合、高さ調節ボルト18によってコンクリートスラブ13の上面からの金属土台16の高さ寸法が既に調節されている。アンカーボルト62の第2固定端部65は、アンカーホール63に注入された樹脂接着剤(樹脂アンカー)(図示せず)によってホール63に固定される。
When the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the insertion hole 39 and inserted into the anchor hole 63, the first fixed end portion 64 extends upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and the second fixed end portion 65 is positioned in the anchor hole 63. Next, a hexagonal double nut 50 (fixing means) is screwed onto a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62 that extends upward from the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt 62 is connected to the metal plate 24 and concrete. It fixes to the slab 13 (anchor bolt fixing process). When the hexagonal double nut 50 is screwed onto the fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62, the height of the metal base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 has already been adjusted by the height adjusting bolt 18. The second fixed end portion 65 of the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the hole 63 by a resin adhesive (resin anchor) (not shown) injected into the anchor hole 63.
図17は、図14から続く据え付け基礎10Bの施工手順を示す図である。アンカーボルト62を金属板24とコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63とに固定した後、図17に示すように、金属板24の第2部分31と第1側板36とに囲繞されたスペース38にモルタル29を充填し、モルタル20を養生させる。なお、図1の基礎10Aと同様に、モルタル20の充填に代えて、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板を配置し、その頂板によってスペース38の頂部開口を塞いでもよい(スペース閉鎖工程)。
FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10B continued from FIG. After the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13, the mortar is placed in the space 38 surrounded by the second portion 31 and the first side plate 36 of the metal plate 24 as shown in FIG. 29 is filled and the mortar 20 is cured. 1, instead of filling the mortar 20, a metal top plate may be disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the top opening of the space 38 may be blocked by the top plate. (Space closing process).
モルタル20が硬化した後(養生した後)、または、頂板でスペース38の頂部開口を塞いだ後、金属管23と金属板24との交差部に三角柱状の成型材22を設置し、その成型材22を金属管23と金属板24とに接着剤(図示せず)を介して固着する。さらに、押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブ13とに三角柱状の成型材22を設置し、その成型材22を押さえコンクリート15とスラブ12とに接着剤(図示せず)を介して固着する(枠材設置工程)。金属管23と金属板24との交差部に成型材22を設置すると、成型材22が金属管23の外周縁全域を取り囲む。押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブ13とに成型材22を設置すると、成型材22が金属板24の外周縁全域を取り囲み、成型材22がコンクリートスラブ13と金属板24の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ。
After the mortar 20 has hardened (after curing), or after the top opening of the space 38 is closed with a top plate, a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is placed at the intersection of the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, and the formation is completed. The mold member 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 via an adhesive (not shown). Further, a triangular prism-shaped molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, and the molding material 22 is fixed to the pressing concrete 15 and the slab 12 with an adhesive (not shown) (frame material installation). Process). When the molding material 22 is installed at the intersection between the metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24, the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23. When the molding material 22 is installed on the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13, the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 creates a gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block it.
成型材22を設置した後、金属管23の各側板25の外側と金属板24の外側(スペース38の充填されたモルタル20の上面、または、スペース38を塞ぐ頂板の上面)とに防水層21を設置する(防水層設置工程)。防水層設置工程では、図1の基礎10Aと同様に、複数の薄いアスファルトシートを金属管23の各側板25の外側と金属板24の外側と成型材22の外側とに固着して防水層21を作るとともに、防水層21の金属板24の第2部分31から外側に延びる部分(成型材22に固着されたアスファルトシート)をコンクリート構造物11の防水層14につなげる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Bが鉄骨構造物11の屋外に設置された場合でも防水層21によって金属土台16への水の侵入を防ぐことができ、土台16に水が進入することによる土台16の腐食や強度低下を防ぐことができる。また、コンクリート床12への水の進入を防ぐことができ、水の進入によるコンクリート床12や鉄骨構造物11の劣化を防ぐことができる。
After the molding material 22 is installed, the waterproof layer 21 is formed on the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outer side of the metal plate 24 (the upper surface of the mortar 20 filled with the space 38 or the upper surface of the top plate closing the space 38). (Waterproof layer installation process). In the waterproof layer installation step, a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outer side of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the outer side of the metal plate 24, and the outer side of the molding material 22, as in the base 10 </ b> A of FIG. 1. And a portion (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) extending outward from the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the waterproof layer 21 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the concrete structure 11. In the installation foundation construction method, even when the installation foundation 10B is installed outdoors of the steel structure 11, the waterproof layer 21 can prevent water from entering the metal foundation 16, and the foundation due to water entering the foundation 16 can be prevented. 16 corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, the entrance of water to the concrete floor 12 can be prevented, and the deterioration of the concrete floor 12 and the steel structure 11 due to the entrance of water can be prevented.
防水層21を設置した後、空間46にモルタル20を充填する(セメント硬化物充填工程)。セメント硬化物充填工程では、確認孔34から空間46におけるモルタル20の充填状態を確認しつつ、充填孔33から空間46にモルタル20を充填する。空間46では、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化し、モルタル20がコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第1および第2部分30,31の下面とに接合されているとともに、アンカーボルト62に接合されている。
After installing the waterproof layer 21, the space 46 is filled with mortar 20 (cement hardened material filling step). In the cement hardened material filling step, the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34. In the space 46, the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt 62. It is joined to.
空間46では、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部47のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第2部分31との間に延びる部分がモルタル20と一体になっている。硬化したモルタル20は、基礎10Aの上(金属蓋17の上)にソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Aにかかる荷重をアンカーボルト62とともに分担する。
In the space 46, a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the anchor bolt 62 that extends between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is integrated with the mortar 20. The hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or a steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10A (on the metal lid 17). The load applied to 10A is shared with the anchor bolt 62.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルト62を金属板24やコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63に固定した後に充填孔33を利用して空間46にモルタル20を充填することができるから、空間46にモルタル20を確実に充填することができる。基礎施工方法は、確認孔34を利用して空間46に充填されたモルタル20の充填状態を確認することができるから、モルタル20が空間46に偏って充填されることはなく、モルタル20を空間46全域に満遍なく充填することができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the space 46 can be filled with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33 after the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the metal plate 24 or the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13. Can be reliably filled. Since the foundation construction method can check the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is filled in the space. The entire 46 region can be filled evenly.
空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込み、金属管23の頂部開口27を塞ぐ。金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ後、金属管23の各側板25の上部に作られた固定ボルト螺着孔29に蓋固定ボルト28を螺着するとともに、金属蓋17のアングル材41の蓋固定ボルト挿通孔にボルト29を挿通し、ボルト挿通孔に取り付けられた六角ナット43にボルト29を螺着して蓋17を金属管25の頂部に固定する(頂部閉鎖工程)(図12援用)。金属管24の頂部開口27は、金属蓋17によって水密に塞がれている。
Immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23. After fitting the metal lid 17 on the top of the metal tube 23, the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( FIG. 12 is used). The top opening 27 of the metal tube 24 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
なお、空隙(空間46の周縁)が成型材22によって塞がれているから、成型材22が硬化前のモルタル20の漏れを防ぐ堤防となり、空間46に充填されたモルタル20が空隙(空間46)から漏れ出すことはなく、モルタル20の充填後に直ちに金属蓋17で頂部開口27を閉塞することができる。据え付け基礎10Bでは、金属管25の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ(固定した)直後において空間46に充填されたモルタル20が未硬化状態にあり、管25の頂部に蓋17を固定した後からモルタル20の養生期間が開始する。
In addition, since the space | gap (periphery of the space 46) is obstruct | occluded by the molding material 22, the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space | gap (space 46). The top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled. In the mounting base 10 </ b> B, the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25. The curing period for mortar 20 begins.
空間46では、モルタル20の養生期間が経過し、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化することで、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部47のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24との間に延びる部分(ボルト19の第1固定端部47のうちの板24の下面から下方へ露出する部分)がモルタル20と一体になり、鉄筋モルタルを形成する。以上の各工程が終了すると、図10~12に示す据え付け基礎10Bが完成する。
In the space 46, the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, so that the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 in the first fixed end portion 47 of the anchor bolt 62 and the metal plate 24. A portion extending therebetween (a portion of the first fixed end portion 47 of the bolt 19 exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar. When the above steps are completed, the installation base 10B shown in FIGS. 10 to 12 is completed.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、モルタル20を空間46に充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部開口27を金属蓋17によって塞ぎ、基礎10Bを完成させることができるから、空間46に充填したモルタル20の養生期間の分だけ施工期間を短縮することができ、養生期間を待つことなく、複数の基礎10Bの施工を平行して行うことができる。なお、金属板24の第2部分31の上面に金属製の頂板を配置し、その頂板によってスペース38の頂部開口を塞ぐ場合、スペース38にモルタル20を充填する場合と比較し、モルタル20を養生する期間を短縮することができ、その分の施工期間を短縮することができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, and the foundation 10B can be completed. The construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10B can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period. In addition, when a metal top plate is disposed on the upper surface of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the top opening of the space 38 is blocked by the top plate, the mortar 20 is cured as compared with the case where the space 38 is filled with the mortar 20. The construction period can be shortened, and the construction period can be shortened accordingly.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の所定の据え付け箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、仮設置された金属土台16のスラブ13の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板24にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔するボルト孔穿孔工程と、金属板24の第2部分31に形成されたアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてスラブ13にアンカーホール63を穿孔するアンカーホール穿孔工程と、アンカーボルト挿通孔39にアンカーボルト62を挿通しつつアンカーホール63にアンカーボルト62を挿入し、アンカーボルト62をアンカーホール63に固定するとともに六角二重ナット50を介してアンカーボルト62を金属板24の第2部分31に固定するアンカーボルト固定工程と、金属土台16の外周縁とコンクリートスラブ13との間にスラブ13と土台16の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ枠材22を設置する枠材設置工程と、スラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を固定する金属管閉鎖工程とから基礎10Bが作られ、汎用部品化された各基礎部品を各工程によってユニットシステムとして組み立てるから、施工作業をマニュアル化することができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができる。
The installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13. The anchor hole is formed in the slab 13 in accordance with the height adjusting step, the bolt hole drilling step of drilling the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 in the metal plate 24, and the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. An anchor hole drilling step for drilling 63, an anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 while the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39, the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the anchor hole 63 and the hexagonal double nut 50 Anchor bolt fixing work for fixing the anchor bolt 62 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 via A frame material installation step of installing a frame material 22 that closes a gap between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base 16 and the concrete slab 13 between the slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the base 16, and an upper surface of the slab 13 and a metal plate The base 10B is made from a cement hardened material filling step for filling the space 46 between the bottom surface 24 and the mortar 20 and a metal tube closing step for fixing the metal lid 17 on the top of the metal tube 23, and is made into a general-purpose component. Since each basic part is assembled as a unit system in each process, the construction work can be manualized and the construction work can be simplified.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Bを形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎製造工場や施工現場において基礎10Bを作るためにモルタルを養生する必要はなく、アンカーボルト62を軽量な金属土台16の金属板24の第2部分31とコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63とに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後に、金属管23に金属蓋17を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やモルタルの養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。
The installation foundation construction method does not need to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the installation foundation 10B, and it is not necessary to cure the mortar to make the foundation 10B at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. Immediately after the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 and the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46, the metal lid 17 is attached to the metal tube 23. The foundation can be constructed simply by fixing, and the labor, cost and time required for the production of molds and mortar can be saved, and the construction work can be simplified. It can be greatly shortened.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルト62を金属板24の第2部分31とコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63とに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填するから、据え付け基礎10Bを鉄骨構造物11に強固に設置することができ、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎10Bを作ることができる。基礎施工方法は、コンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填し、基礎10Bの上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Bにかかる荷重をアンカーボルト62と硬化したモルタル20とに分担させるから、基礎10Bにかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎10Bが崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持する基礎10Bを作ることができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20. It is possible to make a foundation 10B that can be firmly installed, and can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air-conditioning equipment, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the foundation construction method, mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24, and the load applied to the foundation 10B when mechanical equipment or a building is provided on the foundation 10B. Since the anchor bolt 62 and the hardened mortar 20 are shared, the foundation 10B that reliably supports the mechanical device and the building without being inclined inadvertently by the load applied to the foundation 10B or the foundation 10B collapsing. Can be made.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Bの据え付け箇所が既設の鉄骨構造物11の屋上や地下に防水機能を施した防水層14を備えたコンクリートスラブ13である場合でも、据え付け箇所の防水層14を取り除いた後の露出したスラブ12や梁13に基礎10Bを設置し、基礎10Bを設置した直後に据え付け箇所近傍の防水層14を補修する(新たな防水層21を施す)ことができるから、基礎10Bを迅速に設置することができ、基礎10Bの設置に要する時間を大幅に短縮することができる。
Even when the installation location of the installation foundation 10B is a concrete slab 13 having a waterproof layer 14 having a waterproof function on the rooftop or underground of the existing steel structure 11, the installation foundation 10B is installed with the waterproof layer 14 at the installation location. Since the foundation 10B is installed on the exposed slab 12 and the beam 13 after the removal, the waterproof layer 14 in the vicinity of the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10B is installed. 10B can be installed quickly, and the time required to install the foundation 10B can be greatly shortened.
図18は、他の一例として示す据え付け基礎10Cの斜視図であり、図19は、図18のC-C線断面図であり、図20は、金属土台16の上面図である。図21は、金属土台16の側面図である。図18では、上下方向を矢印X1、横方向を矢印X2で示し、前後方向を矢印X3で示す。
18 is a perspective view of an installation base 10C as another example, FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 18, and FIG. 20 is a top view of the metal base 16. FIG. FIG. 21 is a side view of the metal base 16. In FIG. 18, the vertical direction is indicated by an arrow X1, the horizontal direction is indicated by an arrow X2, and the front-back direction is indicated by an arrow X3.
この基礎10Cを据え付ける鉄骨構造物11は、鉄骨躯体54と、躯体54の上に施設されたコンクリート床12とから形成されている。鉄骨躯体54は、鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56とから形成されている。鉄骨柱55や鉄骨梁56には、ウェブ57およびフランジ58を有するH形鋼が使用されている。鉄骨柱55のH形鋼には、コンクリート59が打設されている。それらH形鋼は、それらのフランジ58に固定されたつなぎ板60を介して連結されている。コンクリート床12は、コンクリートスラブ13と、スラブ13の上に施設された防水層14と、防水層14の上に施設され押さえコンクリート15(モルタル層)とから形成されている。スラブ13には、図示はしていないが、複数本の鉄筋が埋設されている。
The steel structure 11 on which the foundation 10C is installed is formed of a steel frame 54 and a concrete floor 12 provided on the frame 54. The steel frame 54 is formed of a steel column 55 and a steel beam 56. An H-section steel having a web 57 and a flange 58 is used for the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56. Concrete 59 is cast on the H-shaped steel of the steel column 55. The H-shaped steels are connected via a connecting plate 60 fixed to the flanges 58. The concrete floor 12 is formed of a concrete slab 13, a waterproof layer 14 provided on the slab 13, and a pressing concrete 15 (mortar layer) provided on the waterproof layer 14. Although not shown, a plurality of reinforcing bars are embedded in the slab 13.
据え付け基礎施工方法では、据え付け基礎10Cがコンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除いたコンクリートスラブ13の上に設置される。基礎施工方法では、金属土台16および金属蓋17、複数本の高さ調節ボルト18、複数本のアンカーボルト62、モルタル20(セメント硬化物)、防水層21、成型材22(枠材)の汎用化(規格化)された各基礎構成部品を利用し、それら基礎構成部品を所定のマニュアル化された手順で組み立てることで据え付け基礎10Aを作る。
In the installation foundation construction method, the installation foundation 10C is installed on a concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12. In the basic construction method, the metal base 16 and the metal lid 17, the plurality of height adjusting bolts 18, the plurality of anchor bolts 62, the mortar 20 (hardened cement), the waterproof layer 21, and the molding material 22 (frame material) Using each standardized (standardized) basic component, the basic component is assembled by a predetermined manual procedure to make an installation base 10A.
金属土台16は、形状や寸法が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、複数個のそれらが施工現場以外の基礎部品製造工場で製造された後、施工現場に搬送される。金属土台16は、コンクリート床12から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除いたコンクリートスラブ13の上(鉄骨柱55と鉄骨梁56との交差箇所に施設されたコンクリートスラブ13の直上)に配置されている。金属土台16は、中空筒状の金属管23(管材)と、平面形状が略矩形の金属板24(底板)とから形成されている。金属土台16は、金属板24の上面に金属管23を溶接することによって製造される。金属管23や金属板24は、鉄やアルミニウム、合金等の金属から作られている。なお、金属土台16は、鉄筋コンクリート基礎と比較し、コンクリートが省かれている分だけ軽量である。ゆえに、その金属土台16を利用することで、基礎10Cの重量を大幅に軽量化することができる。
The metal base 16 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, and a plurality of them are manufactured at a basic part manufacturing factory other than the construction site and then transported to the construction site. The metal base 16 is disposed on the concrete slab 13 obtained by removing the presser concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 from the concrete floor 12 (immediately above the concrete slab 13 provided at the intersection of the steel column 55 and the steel beam 56). ing. The metal base 16 is formed of a hollow cylindrical metal tube 23 (tube material) and a metal plate 24 (bottom plate) having a substantially rectangular planar shape. The metal base 16 is manufactured by welding a metal tube 23 to the upper surface of the metal plate 24. The metal tube 23 and the metal plate 24 are made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy. The metal base 16 is lighter than the reinforced concrete foundation because the concrete is omitted. Therefore, by using the metal base 16, the weight of the foundation 10C can be significantly reduced.
金属管23は、略矩形の各側板25を有し、その断面が略四角形に成型されている。金属管23は、金属板24の中央部の上面に配置され、その下端縁が金属板24の上面に溶接によって接合(融着)されている。金属管23にはそれら側壁25によって中空スペース26が画成され、金属管23の頂部にはそれら側板25の上端縁に囲繞された頂部開口27が形成されている。金属管23の頂部には、蓋固定ボルト28を螺着する複数の固定ボルト螺着孔29が作られている。固定ボルト螺着孔29には、蓋固定ボルト28が螺着する雌螺子(図示せず)が作られている。
The metal tube 23 has each side plate 25 having a substantially rectangular shape, and its cross section is formed into a substantially rectangular shape. The metal tube 23 is disposed on the upper surface of the central portion of the metal plate 24, and the lower end edge thereof is joined (fused) to the upper surface of the metal plate 24 by welding. A hollow space 26 is defined by the side walls 25 in the metal tube 23, and a top opening 27 surrounded by the upper edge of the side plates 25 is formed at the top of the metal tube 23. A plurality of fixing bolt screw holes 29 for screwing the lid fixing bolts 28 are formed on the top of the metal tube 23. A female screw (not shown) into which the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed is formed in the fixing bolt screw hole 29.
金属板24は、金属管23の下端縁から径方向内方へ延びる第1部分30と、金属管23の下端縁から径方向外方へ延びる第2部分31とを有する。第2部分31には、高さ調節ボルト18を螺着する複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が作られている(図20参照)。調節ボルト螺着孔32には、高さ調節ボルト18が螺着する雌螺子(図示せず)が作られている。なお、第2部分31におけるボルト螺着孔32の個数や穿孔箇所に特に限定はなく、それら孔32を第2部分31の任意の箇所に作ることができる。金属板24の第1部分30の中央部には、モルタル20を充填するための円形の充填孔33が作られている。第2部分31には、モルタル20の充填状態を確認するための確認孔34が作られている(図20参照)。
The metal plate 24 has a first portion 30 extending radially inward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23 and a second portion 31 extending radially outward from the lower end edge of the metal tube 23. A plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 into which the height adjustment bolts 18 are screwed are formed in the second portion 31 (see FIG. 20). A female screw (not shown) into which the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed is formed in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32. There are no particular limitations on the number of bolt screw holes 32 and the drilling locations in the second portion 31, and the holes 32 can be made at any location in the second portion 31. A circular filling hole 33 for filling the mortar 20 is formed in the central portion of the first portion 30 of the metal plate 24. A confirmation hole 34 for confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 is formed in the second portion 31 (see FIG. 20).
金属板24の第2部分31には、アンカーボルト62を挿通する複数のアンカーボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)が作られている。アンカーボルト挿通孔39は、ドリルによって作られ、金属板24の第2部分31を上下方向へ貫通している。それらアンカーボルト挿通孔39は、第2部分31において横方向と前後方向とへ所定間隔で並んでいる。図20では、アンカーボルト挿通孔39が4個作られているが、挿通孔39の個数に特に限定はなく、基礎10Cを設置する前に行う構造計算(強度計算)によってその個数が決定される。
A plurality of anchor bolt insertion holes 39 (bolt holes) through which the anchor bolts 62 are inserted are formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. The anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is made by a drill and penetrates the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 in the vertical direction. These anchor bolt insertion holes 39 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the second portion 31 in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction. In FIG. 20, four anchor bolt insertion holes 39 are formed. However, the number of insertion holes 39 is not particularly limited, and the number is determined by structural calculation (strength calculation) performed before the foundation 10C is installed. .
なお、コンクリートスラブ13の基礎据え付け位置には、それらアンカーボルト62を挿通する複数のアンカーホール63が作られている。アンカーホール63は、ドリルによって作られ、コンクリートスラブ13に埋設された鉄筋を避けた状態で、スラブ13において上下方向へ延びている。アンカーホール63は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面に載置した場合の、金属板24の第2部分31に形成されたアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置と一致する。それらアンカーホール63は、コンクリートスラブ13において横方向と前後方向とへ所定間隔で並んでいる。
A plurality of anchor holes 63 through which the anchor bolts 62 are inserted are formed at the foundation installation position of the concrete slab 13. The anchor hole 63 is made by a drill and extends in the up-down direction in the slab 13 while avoiding the reinforcing bars embedded in the concrete slab 13. The anchor hole 63 coincides with the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 when the metal base 16 is placed on the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. These anchor holes 63 are arranged in the concrete slab 13 at predetermined intervals in the lateral direction and the front-rear direction.
金属蓋17は、形状や寸法が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、鉄やアルミニウム、合金等の金属から作られ、その平面形状が略矩形に成型されている。金属蓋17の下面であって蓋17の周縁の内側には、蓋17を金属管23の頂部に固定するためのアングル材41(鋼材)が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。アングル材41には、蓋固定ボルト28を挿通する固定ボルト挿通孔(図示せず)が作られ、その固定ボルト挿通孔に六角ナット43が溶接によって接合(融着)されている。
The metal lid 17 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same shape and dimensions, made of metal such as iron, aluminum, and alloy, and its planar shape is formed into a substantially rectangular shape. An angle member 41 (steel material) for fixing the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23 is joined (fused) by welding on the lower surface of the metal lid 17 and inside the periphery of the lid 17. A fixing bolt insertion hole (not shown) for inserting the lid fixing bolt 28 is made in the angle member 41, and a hexagon nut 43 is joined (fused) to the fixing bolt insertion hole by welding.
金属蓋17は、アングル材41に作られた固定ボルト挿通孔に挿通された蓋固定ボルト28とアングル材41に取り付けられた六角ナット43とによって金属管24の頂部に固定され、金属管24の頂部開口27を水密に塞いでいる。金属蓋17の上面には、図示はしていないが、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を設置するための固定器具が取り付けられている。
The metal lid 17 is fixed to the top of the metal tube 24 by a lid fixing bolt 28 inserted into a fixing bolt insertion hole made in the angle member 41 and a hex nut 43 attached to the angle member 41. The top opening 27 is closed watertight. On the upper surface of the metal lid 17, although not shown in the figure, a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, an air conditioner or other mechanical equipment, or a fixture for installing a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is attached. It has been.
高さ調節ボルト18は、雄螺子が作られた軸44とボルトヘッド45とから形成された六角ボルトである。高さ調節ボルト18の軸44は、金属板24の第2部分31に作られた調節ボルト螺着孔32にあらかじめ螺着されている。ボルトヘッド45において高さ調節ボルト18を反時計回りに回転させると、ボルト18の軸44がボルト螺着孔32の下方へ次第に進むとともに、第2部分31の下面から下方へ延出し、ボルトヘッド45がコンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接する。それによって、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ所定の寸法だけ離間させることができる。逆に、高さ調節ボルト18を時計回りに回転させると、ボルト18の軸44がボルト螺着孔32の上方へ次第に進むとともに、第2部分31の下面から上方へ延出する。それによって、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の上面に近づけることができる。
The height adjusting bolt 18 is a hexagonal bolt formed from a shaft 44 on which a male screw is made and a bolt head 45. The shaft 44 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is screwed in advance into an adjusting bolt screwing hole 32 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. When the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated counterclockwise in the bolt head 45, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances downward from the bolt screwing hole 32 and extends downward from the lower surface of the second portion 31. 45 contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be spaced apart from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 by a predetermined dimension. On the other hand, when the height adjusting bolt 18 is rotated clockwise, the shaft 44 of the bolt 18 gradually advances upward from the bolt screw hole 32 and extends upward from the lower surface of the second portion 31. Thereby, the metal base 16 can be brought close to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
高さ調節ボルト18を調節ボルト螺着孔32において回転させることによって金属土台16の金属板24がコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ離間し、スラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間に所定の高さ寸法の空間46が形成される。金属土台16の金属板24の第2部分31に対するそれら高さ調節ボルト18の螺着位置を調節することによって、空間46の高さ寸法を調節することができ、コンクリートスラブ13の上面からの金属土台16の高さ寸法をボルト18の長さを限度に調節することができる。
By rotating the height adjusting bolt 18 in the adjusting bolt screw hole 32, the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16 is separated upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and between the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24. A space 46 having a predetermined height is formed. The height dimension of the space 46 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the metal base 16, and the metal from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 can be adjusted. The height dimension of the base 16 can be adjusted up to the length of the bolt 18.
アンカーボルト62は、長さや直径が同一の規格化された汎用品であり、鋼材から作られ、金属板24の第2部分31に作られたアンカーボルト挿通孔39に挿通され、さらに、コンクリートスラブ13に作られたアンカーホール63に挿通されている。アンカーボルト62は、コンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ延びる第1固定端部64と、スラブ13に固定された第2固定端部65とを有する。
The anchor bolt 62 is a standardized general-purpose product having the same length and diameter. The anchor bolt 62 is made of steel, and is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. Further, the concrete slab 13 is inserted into an anchor hole 63 formed in the shape 13. The anchor bolt 62 has a first fixed end portion 64 extending upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and a second fixed end portion 65 fixed to the slab 13.
アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64は、金属板24に開口するアンカーボルト挿通孔39に挿通され、六角ナット50(固定手段)を介して金属板24に固定されている。六角ナット50は、第1固定端部64の金属板24から上方に延出する部分に取り付けられている。支持ボルト19の第2固定端部65は、コンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63に注入された樹脂接着剤(樹脂アンカー)(固定手段)(図示せず)によってホール63に固定されている。アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64に六角ナット50を螺着する場合、高さ調節ボルト18によってコンクリートスラブ13の上面からの金属土台16の高さ寸法が既に調節されている。
The first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 opened in the metal plate 24 and is fixed to the metal plate 24 via a hexagon nut 50 (fixing means). The hexagon nut 50 is attached to a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 that extends upward from the metal plate 24. The second fixed end portion 65 of the support bolt 19 is fixed to the hole 63 by a resin adhesive (resin anchor) (fixing means) (not shown) injected into the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13. When the hexagon nut 50 is screwed onto the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62, the height dimension of the metal base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 has already been adjusted by the height adjusting bolt 18.
モルタル20は、コンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間に形成された空間46に充填されている。モルタル20は、金属板24に形成された充填孔33から充填される。空間46では、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化し、モルタル20がコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第1および第2部分30,31の下面とに接合されているとともに、アンカーボルト62に接合されている。
The mortar 20 is filled in a space 46 formed between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24. The mortar 20 is filled from a filling hole 33 formed in the metal plate 24. In the space 46, the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, and the mortar 20 is joined to the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surfaces of the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt 62. It is joined to.
空間46では、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の第2部分31との間に延びる部分がモルタル20と一体になっている。硬化したモルタル20は、基礎10Cの上(金属蓋17の上)にソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Cにかかる荷重をアンカーボルト62とともに分担する。
In the space 46, a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62 that extends between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is integrated with the mortar 20. The hardened mortar 20 is a foundation when a building such as a solar panel, an antenna, a water storage tank, a septic tank, a mechanical device such as an air conditioner, or a building such as a steel tower or steel structure is mounted on the foundation 10C (on the metal lid 17). The load applied to 10C is shared with the anchor bolt 62.
金属管23と金属板24との交差部および押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブ13とには、成型材22(枠材)が設置されている。成型材22は、金属管23やスラブ13、押さえコンクリート15に接着剤(図示せず)を介して固着されている。成型材22は、金属管23の外周縁全域を取り囲むとともに、金属土台16の外周縁(金属板24の外周縁)とコンクリートスラブ13との間に設置されて金属板24の外周縁全域を取り囲んでいる。成型材22は、コンクリートスラブ13と金属板24の外周縁との間の空隙を塞いでいる。
The molding material 22 (frame material) is installed in the intersection part of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 and the holding concrete 15 and the concrete slab 13. The molding material 22 is fixed to the metal tube 23, the slab 13, and the pressing concrete 15 with an adhesive (not shown). The molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23, and is installed between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base 16 (the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24) and the concrete slab 13 to surround the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. It is out. The molding material 22 closes the gap between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24.
防水層21は、金属管23の各側板25の外側に設置されて側板25全域を覆うとともに、金属板24の外側に設置されて金属板24全域を覆っている。防水層21には、薄いアスファルトシートを複数重ね合わせてアスファルトシート層を作るアスファルト防水が利用されている。アスファルトシートは、その接着性によって金属管23の側板25、モルタル20、成型材22に固着している。防水層21の金属板24の第2部分31から外側に延びる部分(成型材22に固着されたアスファルトシート)は、鉄骨構造物11の防水層14につながっている。
The waterproof layer 21 is installed on the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 to cover the entire side plate 25, and is installed on the outside of the metal plate 24 to cover the entire metal plate 24. As the waterproof layer 21, asphalt waterproofing is used in which a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are stacked to form an asphalt sheet layer. The asphalt sheet is fixed to the side plate 25 of the metal tube 23, the mortar 20, and the molding material 22 due to its adhesiveness. A portion extending outward from the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the waterproof layer 21 (asphalt sheet fixed to the molding material 22) is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the steel structure 11.
図22は、据え付け基礎10Cの施工手順の一例を示す図であり、図23は、図22から続く据え付け基礎10Cの施工手順を示す図である。図24は、図23から続く据え付け基礎10Cの施工手順を示す図であり、図25は、図24から続く据え付け基礎10Cの施工手順を示す図である。図22~25では、鉄骨構造物11を断面として示し、一部を除く基礎10Cの各部品を断面として示す。図22~図25を参照し、据え付け基礎10Cを鉄骨構造物11の屋上に設置する場合を例として、基礎10Cの施工手順を説明すると、以下のとおりである。
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C, and FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continued from FIG. FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continuing from FIG. 23, and FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a construction procedure of the installation foundation 10C continuing from FIG. 22 to 25, the steel structure 11 is shown as a cross section, and each part of the foundation 10C excluding a part is shown as a cross section. With reference to FIGS. 22 to 25, the construction procedure of the foundation 10C will be described as follows, taking as an example the case where the installation foundation 10C is installed on the roof of the steel structure 11.
なお、基礎部品製造工場からの出荷時では、金属板24の第2部分31にアンカーボルト挿通孔39(ボルト孔)が作られておらず、施工箇所において第2部分31にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する。また、金属板24の第2部分31には、複数の調節ボルト螺着孔32が基礎部品製造工場においてあらかじめ作られており、それらボルト螺着孔32に高さ調節ボルト18が螺着されている。
At the time of shipment from the basic part manufacturing factory, the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 (bolt hole) is not formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24, and the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is formed in the second portion 31 at the construction site. Perforate. In addition, a plurality of adjustment bolt screw holes 32 are formed in the second part 31 of the metal plate 24 in advance in a basic part manufacturing factory, and the height adjustment bolt 18 is screwed into the bolt screw holes 32. Yes.
基礎部品製造工場で製造された汎用部品化された各基礎部品(金属土台16、金属蓋17、高さ調節ボルト18、アンカーボルト62、防水層21、成型材22(枠材))を工場から施工現場に搬送した後、鉄骨構造物11の屋上における基礎10Cの据え付け箇所を位置決めし、その据え付け箇所にマーキングをする。次に、その据え付け箇所において、鉄骨構造物11から押さえコンクリート15と防水層14とを取り除き、コンクリートスラブ13を露出させる。
Each basic part (metal base 16, metal lid 17, height adjustment bolt 18, anchor bolt 62, waterproof layer 21, molding material 22 (frame material)) manufactured as a general-purpose part manufactured at the base part manufacturing factory from the factory After transporting to the construction site, the installation location of the foundation 10C on the roof of the steel structure 11 is positioned, and the installation location is marked. Next, in the installation location, the pressing concrete 15 and the waterproof layer 14 are removed from the steel structure 11, and the concrete slab 13 is exposed.
鉄骨構造物11からコンクリートスラブ13を露出させた後、スラブ13の内部に設置された鉄筋の位置をセンサを利用して測定する。次に、それら鉄筋を避ける位置にアンカーボルト62を設置するため、アンカーボルト挿通孔39の鉄筋を避けた位置の穿孔箇所を金属板24の第2部分31にマーキングする。マーキングに合わせ、ドリルを利用して金属板24の第2部分31の穿孔箇所にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔する(アンカーボルト孔穿孔工程)。アンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔した後、図23に示すように、コンクリートスラブ13における基礎据え付け箇所のマーキングに合わせ、その据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置する(土台仮設置工程)。
After exposing the concrete slab 13 from the steel structure 11, the position of the reinforcing bar installed inside the slab 13 is measured using a sensor. Next, in order to install the anchor bolt 62 at a position where the reinforcing bars are avoided, the drilled portion of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 where the reinforcing bar is avoided is marked on the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. In accordance with the marking, an anchor bolt insertion hole 39 is drilled at the drilled portion of the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 using a drill (anchor bolt hole drilling step). After drilling the anchor bolt insertion hole 39, as shown in FIG. 23, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location in accordance with the marking of the foundation installation location in the concrete slab 13 (base temporary installation step).
土台仮設置工程において金属土台16を仮設置すると、金属管23および金属板24の第1および第2部分30,31がコンクリートスラブ13の上に位置し、高さ調節ボルト18のボルトヘッド45がコンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接する。据え付け箇所に金属土台16を仮設置すると、コンクリートスラブ13の上面に当接するそれら高さ調節ボルト18に支えられて土台16がスラブ13の上面に自立する。
When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed in the base temporary installation process, the first and second portions 30 and 31 of the metal pipe 23 and the metal plate 24 are positioned on the concrete slab 13, and the bolt head 45 of the height adjusting bolt 18 is It contacts the upper surface of the concrete slab 13. When the metal base 16 is temporarily installed at the installation location, the base 16 is self-supporting on the upper surface of the slab 13, supported by the height adjusting bolts 18 that are in contact with the upper surface of the concrete slab 13.
金属土台16を仮設置した後、土台16の金属板24の第2部分31に対するそれら高さ調節ボルト18の螺着位置を調節し、コンクリートスラブ13の上面からの土台16の設置高さ(高さ寸法)(空間46の高さ寸法)を調節する(設置高さ調節工程)。据え付け基礎10Cは、高さ調節ボルト18を利用することで基礎10Cの施工中に金属土台16の高さ寸法を自由に変えることができ、基礎10Cの高さ寸法の変更要求に即座に対応することができる。据え付け基礎10Cは、複数個のそれらを設置する場合にそれら基礎10Cどうしの高さ寸法を容易に調節することができ、それら基礎10Cの高さ寸法を均一に揃えることができる。
After temporarily installing the metal base 16, the screwing positions of the height adjusting bolts 18 to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the base 16 are adjusted, and the installation height (high) of the base 16 from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 is adjusted. The height dimension (the height dimension of the space 46) is adjusted (installation height adjusting step). The installation foundation 10C can freely change the height dimension of the metal base 16 during construction of the foundation 10C by using the height adjusting bolt 18, and immediately responds to a request for changing the height dimension of the foundation 10C. be able to. The installation foundation 10C can easily adjust the height dimensions of the foundations 10C when a plurality of them are installed, and the height dimensions of the foundations 10C can be made uniform.
金属土台16の高さ寸法を調節した後、金属板24のアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてコンクリートスラブ13のアンカーホール63の穿孔箇所にマーキングをする。次に、仮設置箇所(据え付け箇所)から金属土台16を一時的に退かした後、ドリルを利用してマーキングした穿孔箇所にアンカーホール63を穿孔する(アンカーホール穿孔工程)。コンクリートスラブ13にアンカーホール63を作った後、金属土台16を据え付け箇所に再び仮設置し、図24に示すように、金属板24の第2部分31に作られたアンカーボルト挿通孔39にアンカーボルト62を挿通するとともに、スラブ13に作られたアンカーホール63にアンカーボルト62を挿通する。
After adjusting the height dimension of the metal base 16, marking is performed on the drilled portion of the anchor hole 63 of the concrete slab 13 according to the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 of the metal plate 24. Next, after temporarily retracting the metal base 16 from the temporary installation location (installation location), the anchor hole 63 is drilled in the drilled location marked using a drill (anchor hole drilling step). After the anchor hole 63 is formed in the concrete slab 13, the metal base 16 is temporarily installed again at the installation location, and the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 is anchored as shown in FIG. The bolt 62 is inserted, and the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor hole 63 formed in the slab 13.
アンカーボルト62をアンカーボルト挿通孔39とアンカーホール63とに挿通すると、第1固定端部64がコンクリートスラブ13の上面から上方へ延出し、第2固定端部65がスラブ13のアンカーホール63に位置する。なお、アンカーホール63には樹脂接着剤(樹脂アンカー)(固定手段)(図示せず)が注入されており、アンカーボルト62の第2固定端部65が樹脂接着剤によってアンカーホール63に固定されている。次に、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64のうちの金属板24から上方に延出する部分に六角ナット50を螺着し、ボルト62を金属板24とコンクリートスラブ13とに固定する(アンカーボルト固定工程)。
When the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 and the anchor hole 63, the first fixed end portion 64 extends upward from the upper surface of the concrete slab 13, and the second fixed end portion 65 extends into the anchor hole 63 of the slab 13. To position. A resin adhesive (resin anchor) (fixing means) (not shown) is injected into the anchor hole 63, and the second fixed end portion 65 of the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the anchor hole 63 with the resin adhesive. ing. Next, a hexagon nut 50 is screwed onto a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62 that extends upward from the metal plate 24, and the bolt 62 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the concrete slab 13 ( Anchor bolt fixing process).
アンカーボルト62を金属板24とコンクリートスラブ13とに固定した後、図25に示すように、金属管23と金属板24との交差部および押さえコンクリート15とコンクリートスラブスラブ13とに成型材22(枠材)を設置する(枠材設置工程)。成型材22を設置すると、成型材22が金属管23の外周縁全域を取り囲むとともに、金属板24の外周縁全域を取り囲み、成型材22がコンクリートスラブ13と金属板24の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ。
After the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the metal plate 24 and the concrete slab 13, as shown in FIG. 25, the molding material 22 ( Frame material) (frame material installation process). When the molding material 22 is installed, the molding material 22 surrounds the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal tube 23 and the entire outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24, and the molding material 22 is between the concrete slab 13 and the outer peripheral edge of the metal plate 24. Block the gap.
成型材22を設置した後、金属管23の各側板25の外側と金属板24の外側(成型材22の外側)とに防水層21を設置する(防水層設置工程)。防水層設置工程では、図1の基礎10Aと同様に、複数の薄いアスファルトシートを金属管23の各側板25の外側と成型材22の外側とに固着して防水層21を作るとともに、成型材22から延びる防水層21を鉄骨構造物11の防水層14につなげる。据え付け基礎10Cは、それが鉄骨構造物11の屋外に設置された場合でも防水層21によって金属土台16の内部への水の侵入を防ぐことができ、内部に水が進入することによる土台16の腐食や強度低下を防ぐことができる。また、鉄骨構造物11への水の進入を防ぐことができ、水の進入による構造物11の劣化を防ぐことができる。
After the molding material 22 is installed, the waterproof layer 21 is installed on the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outside of the metal plate 24 (outside of the molding material 22) (waterproof layer installation process). In the waterproof layer installation step, a plurality of thin asphalt sheets are fixed to the outside of each side plate 25 of the metal tube 23 and the outside of the molding material 22 in the same manner as the foundation 10A in FIG. The waterproof layer 21 extending from 22 is connected to the waterproof layer 14 of the steel structure 11. The installation base 10C can prevent water from entering the metal base 16 by the waterproof layer 21 even when it is installed outdoors of the steel structure 11, and the base 16 due to water entering the inside can be prevented. Corrosion and strength reduction can be prevented. Moreover, entry of water into the steel structure 11 can be prevented, and deterioration of the structure 11 due to entry of water can be prevented.
防水層21を設置した後、空間46にモルタル20を充填する(セメント硬化物充填工程)。セメント硬化物充填工程では、確認孔34から空間46におけるモルタル20の充填状態を確認しつつ、充填孔33から空間46にモルタル20を充填する。据え付け基礎10Cは、アンカーボルト62を金属板24やコンクリートスラブ13に固定した後に充填孔33を利用して空間46にモルタル20を充填することができるから、空間46にモルタル20を確実に充填することができる。据え付け基礎10Cは、確認孔34を利用して空間46に充填されたモルタル20の充填状態を確認することで、モルタル20が空間46に偏って充填されることはなく、モルタル20を空間46全域に満遍なく充填することができる。
After installing the waterproof layer 21, the space 46 is filled with mortar 20 (cement hardened material filling step). In the cement hardened material filling step, the mortar 20 is filled into the space 46 from the filling hole 33 while confirming the filling state of the mortar 20 in the space 46 from the confirmation hole 34. Since the installation foundation 10C can fix the anchor bolt 62 to the metal plate 24 or the concrete slab 13 and then fill the space 46 with the mortar 20 using the filling hole 33, the space 46 is reliably filled with the mortar 20. be able to. The installation base 10 </ b> C confirms the filling state of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 using the confirmation hole 34, so that the mortar 20 is not filled in the space 46 and the mortar 20 is placed in the entire space 46. Can be filled evenly.
空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込み、金属管23の頂部開口27を塞ぐ。金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ後、金属管23の各側板25の上部に作られた固定ボルト螺着孔29に蓋固定ボルト28を螺着するとともに、金属蓋17のアングル材41の蓋固定ボルト挿通孔にボルト29を挿通し、ボルト挿通孔に取り付けられた六角ナット43にボルト29を螺着して蓋17を金属管25の頂部に固定する(頂部閉鎖工程)(図19参照)。金属管25の頂部開口27は、金属蓋17によって水密に閉塞される。
Immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is immediately fitted into the top of the metal tube 23 to close the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23. After fitting the metal lid 17 on the top of the metal tube 23, the lid fixing bolt 28 is screwed into the fixing bolt screwing holes 29 formed on the side plates 25 of the metal tube 23, and the angle of the metal lid 17 is The bolt 29 is inserted into the lid fixing bolt insertion hole of the material 41, and the bolt 29 is screwed to the hexagon nut 43 attached to the bolt insertion hole to fix the lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 25 (top closing step) ( (See FIG. 19). The top opening 27 of the metal tube 25 is watertightly closed by the metal lid 17.
なお、空隙(空間46の周縁)が成型材22によって塞がれているから、成型材22が硬化前のモルタル20の漏れを防ぐ堤防となり、空間46に充填されたモルタル20が空隙(空間46)から漏れ出すことはなく、モルタル20の充填後に直ちに金属蓋17で頂部開口27を閉塞することができる。据え付け基礎10Cでは、金属管25の頂部に金属蓋17を嵌め込んだ(固定した)直後において空間46に充填されたモルタル20が未硬化状態にあり、管25の頂部に蓋17を固定した後からモルタル20の養生期間が開始する。
In addition, since the space | gap (periphery of the space 46) is obstruct | occluded by the molding material 22, the molding material 22 becomes a bank which prevents the leakage of the mortar 20 before hardening, and the mortar 20 with which the space 46 was filled is a space | gap (space 46). The top opening 27 can be closed with the metal lid 17 immediately after the mortar 20 is filled. In the mounting base 10 </ b> C, the mortar 20 filled in the space 46 is in an uncured state immediately after the metal lid 17 is fitted (fixed) to the top of the metal tube 25, and the lid 17 is fixed to the top of the tube 25. The curing period for mortar 20 begins.
空間46では、モルタル20の養生期間が経過し、そこに充填されたモルタル20が硬化することで、アンカーボルト62の第1固定端部64のうちのコンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属管25の金属板24との間に延びる部分(ボルト62の第1固定端部64のうちの板24の下面から下方へ露出する部分)がモルタル20と一体になり、鉄筋モルタルを形成する。以上の各工程が終了すると、図18,19に示す据え付け基礎10Cが完成する。
In the space 46, the curing period of the mortar 20 elapses, and the mortar 20 filled therein is cured, so that the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the metal of the metal tube 25 in the first fixed end portion 64 of the anchor bolt 62. A portion extending between the plate 24 (a portion of the first fixed end portion 64 of the bolt 62 that is exposed downward from the lower surface of the plate 24) is integrated with the mortar 20 to form a reinforcing bar mortar. When the above steps are completed, the installation base 10C shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 is completed.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、モルタル20を空間46に充填した直後、モルタル20の養生期間を待つことなく、直ちに金属管23の頂部開口27を金属蓋17によって塞ぎ、基礎10Cを完成させることができるから、空間46に充填したモルタル20の養生期間の分だけ施工期間を短縮することができ、養生期間を待つことなく、複数の基礎10Cの施工を平行して行うことができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after filling the space 46 with the mortar 20, the top opening 27 of the metal tube 23 can be immediately closed with the metal lid 17 without waiting for the curing period of the mortar 20 to complete the foundation 10 </ b> C. The construction period can be shortened by the curing period of the mortar 20 filled in the space 46, and a plurality of foundations 10C can be constructed in parallel without waiting for the curing period.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、金属土台16をコンクリートスラブ13の所定の据え付け箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、仮設置された金属土台16のスラブ13の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、金属板24にアンカーボルト挿通孔39を穿孔するボルト孔穿孔工程と、金属板24の第2部分31に形成されたアンカーボルト挿通孔39の位置にあわせてスラブ13にアンカーホール63を穿孔するアンカーホール穿孔工程と、それらアンカーボルト挿通孔39とアンカーホール63とにアンカーボルト62を挿通し、六角二重ナット50を介してアンカーボルト62を金属板24の第2部分31とスラブ13とに固定するアンカーボルト固定工程と、金属土台16の外周縁とコンクリートスラブ13との間にスラブ13と土台16の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ成型剤22を設置する枠材設置工程と、スラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、金属管23の頂部に金属蓋17を固定する金属管閉鎖工程とから基礎10Cが作られ、汎用部品化された各基礎部品を各工程によってユニットシステムとして組み立てるから、施工作業をマニュアル化することができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができる。
The installation foundation construction method includes a temporary installation process of temporarily installing the metal base 16 at a predetermined installation location of the concrete slab 13, and an installation height for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base 16 from the upper surface of the slab 13. The anchor hole is formed in the slab 13 in accordance with the height adjusting step, the bolt hole drilling step of drilling the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 in the metal plate 24, and the position of the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 formed in the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24. Anchor hole drilling step for drilling 63, the anchor bolt 62 is inserted into the anchor bolt insertion hole 39 and the anchor hole 63, and the anchor bolt 62 is connected to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 via the hexagonal double nut 50. Anchor bolt fixing process for fixing to the slab 13, and the slab between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base 16 and the concrete slab 13. Cement hardening that fills the space 46 between the upper surface of the slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 with the mortar 20 and the frame material installation step of installing the molding agent 22 that closes the gap between the outer periphery of the base plate 16 and the outer periphery of the base 16 Since the foundation 10C is made from the object filling process and the metal tube closing process for fixing the metal lid 17 to the top of the metal tube 23, each base part made into a general-purpose part is assembled as a unit system by each process. It can be made manual and construction work can be simplified.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Cを形成する際に施工現場において型枠を製作する必要がないことはもちろん、基礎製造工場や施工現場において基礎10Cを作るためにモルタルを養生する必要はなく、アンカーボルト62を軽量な金属土台16の金属板24の第2部分31とコンクリートスラブ13とに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填した直後に、金属管23に金属蓋17を固定するだけで基礎を構築することができ、型枠の製作やモルタルの養生にかかる手間やコスト、時間を省くことができるとともに、施工作業を簡略化することができ、その分の施工期間を大幅に短縮することができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, it is not necessary to produce a formwork at the construction site when forming the installation foundation 10C, and it is not necessary to cure the mortar to make the foundation 10C at the foundation manufacturing factory or construction site. The anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 of the lightweight metal base 16 and the concrete slab 13, and immediately after the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, the metal lid 17 is simply fixed to the metal tube 23. The foundation can be constructed, and the labor, cost, and time required for mold production and mortar curing can be saved, and the construction work can be simplified and the construction period can be greatly shortened. be able to.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、アンカーボルト62を金属板24の第2部分31とコンクリートスラブ13とに固定し、空間46にモルタル20を充填するから、据え付け基礎10Cを鉄骨構造物11に強固に設置することができ、ソーラーパネルやアンテナ、貯水槽、浄化槽、空調機器等の機械器具、鉄塔や鉄骨建設物等の建築物を強固に備え付けることが可能な基礎10Cを作ることができる。据え付け基礎施工方法は、コンクリートスラブ13の上面と金属板24の下面との間の空間46にモルタル20を充填し、基礎10Cの上に機械機器や建築物を備え付けた場合の基礎10Cにかかる荷重をアンカーボルト62と硬化したモルタル20とに分担させるから、基礎10Cにかかる荷重でそれが不用意に傾斜したり、基礎10Cが崩壊することはなく、機械機器や建築物を確実に支持する基礎10Cを作ることができる。
In the installation foundation construction method, the anchor bolt 62 is fixed to the second portion 31 of the metal plate 24 and the concrete slab 13 and the space 46 is filled with the mortar 20, so that the installation foundation 10C is firmly installed in the steel structure 11. It is possible to make a foundation 10C that can be firmly equipped with solar panels, antennas, water storage tanks, septic tanks, machinery and equipment such as air conditioners, and buildings such as steel towers and steel structures. In the installation foundation construction method, the load applied to the foundation 10C in the case where the mortar 20 is filled in the space 46 between the upper surface of the concrete slab 13 and the lower surface of the metal plate 24 and the machinery and the building are provided on the foundation 10C. Since the anchor bolt 62 and the hardened mortar 20 are shared, the foundation 10C does not inadvertently incline due to the load applied to the foundation 10C, or the foundation 10C does not collapse. 10C can be made.
据え付け基礎施工方法は、据え付け基礎10Cの据え付け箇所が既設の鉄骨構造物11の屋上や地下に防水機能を施した防水層14を備えたコンクリートスラブ13である場合でも、据え付け箇所の防水層14を取り除いた後の露出したスラブ13に基礎10Cを設置し、基礎10Cを設置した直後に据え付け箇所近傍の防水層を補修する(新たな防水層21を施す)ことができるから、基礎10Cを迅速に設置することができ、基礎10Cの設置に要する時間を大幅に短縮することができる。
Even when the installation location of the installation foundation 10C is the concrete slab 13 provided with the waterproof layer 14 having a waterproof function on the rooftop or underground of the existing steel structure 11, the installation foundation 10C is installed with the waterproof layer 14 at the installation location. Since the foundation 10C is installed on the exposed slab 13 after the removal, and the waterproof layer near the installation location can be repaired (a new waterproof layer 21 is applied) immediately after the foundation 10C is installed, the foundation 10C can be quickly installed. It can be installed, and the time required to install the foundation 10C can be greatly shortened.
10A 据え付け基礎
10B 据え付け基礎
10C 据え付け基礎
11 鉄骨構造物
12 コンクリート床
13 コンクリートスラブ
14 防水層
15 押さえコンクリート
16 金属土台
17 金属蓋
18 高さ調節ボルト
19 支持ボルト
20 モルタル(セメント硬化物)
21 防水層
22 成型材(枠材)
23 金属管
24 金属板
26 中空スペース
27 頂部開口
30 第1部分
31 第2部分
33 充填孔
34 確認孔
36 第1側板
37 第2側板
39 支持(アンカー)ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
40 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
46 空間
47 第1固定端部
48 第2固定端部
50 六角二重ナット(固定手段)
51 六角二重ナット(固定手段)
52 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
53 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
54 鉄骨躯体
55 鉄骨柱
56 鉄骨梁
57 ウェブ
58 フランジ
61 アンカーボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
62 アンカーボルト
63 アンカーホール
64 第1固定端部
65 第2固定端部
DESCRIPTION OFSYMBOLS 10A Installation foundation 10B Installation foundation 10C Installation foundation 11 Steel structure 12 Concrete floor 13 Concrete slab 14 Waterproof layer 15 Pressing concrete 16 Metal base 17 Metal lid 18 Height adjustment bolt 19 Support bolt 20 Mortar (hardened cement)
21Waterproofing layer 22 Molding material (frame material)
23Metal pipe 24 Metal plate 26 Hollow space 27 Top opening 30 First part 31 Second part 33 Filling hole 34 Confirmation hole 36 First side plate 37 Second side plate 39 Support (anchor) bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
40 Support bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
46Space 47 First fixed end 48 Second fixed end 50 Hexagon double nut (fixing means)
51 Hexagon double nut (fixing means)
52 Support bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
53 Support Bolt Insertion Hole (Bolt Hole)
54Steel frame 55 Steel column 56 Steel beam 57 Web 58 Flange 61 Anchor bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
62Anchor bolt 63 Anchor hole 64 First fixed end 65 Second fixed end
10B 据え付け基礎
10C 据え付け基礎
11 鉄骨構造物
12 コンクリート床
13 コンクリートスラブ
14 防水層
15 押さえコンクリート
16 金属土台
17 金属蓋
18 高さ調節ボルト
19 支持ボルト
20 モルタル(セメント硬化物)
21 防水層
22 成型材(枠材)
23 金属管
24 金属板
26 中空スペース
27 頂部開口
30 第1部分
31 第2部分
33 充填孔
34 確認孔
36 第1側板
37 第2側板
39 支持(アンカー)ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
40 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
46 空間
47 第1固定端部
48 第2固定端部
50 六角二重ナット(固定手段)
51 六角二重ナット(固定手段)
52 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
53 支持ボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
54 鉄骨躯体
55 鉄骨柱
56 鉄骨梁
57 ウェブ
58 フランジ
61 アンカーボルト挿通孔(ボルト孔)
62 アンカーボルト
63 アンカーホール
64 第1固定端部
65 第2固定端部
DESCRIPTION OF
21
23
40 Support bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
46
51 Hexagon double nut (fixing means)
52 Support bolt insertion hole (bolt hole)
53 Support Bolt Insertion Hole (Bolt Hole)
54
62
Claims (11)
- 鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁から形成された鉄骨躯体と前記鉄骨躯体に施設されたコンクリート床とを有する鉄骨構造物の所定の箇所に設置される据え付け基礎の施工方法において、
前記据え付け基礎施工方法が、金属管と前記金属管の下端につながる金属板とを有する金属土台を前記コンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、前記金属板に螺着された高さ調節ボルトの該金属板に対する螺着位置を調節することで、前記仮設置された金属土台の前記コンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、前記金属板に支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第1穿孔工程と、前記金属板に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせて前記コンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに前記鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔するボルト孔第2穿孔工程と、前記支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、所定の固定手段を介して前記支持ボルトを前記金属板および前記鉄骨梁に固定する支持ボルト固定工程と、前記金属土台の外周縁と前記コンクリート床との間に該コンクリート床と該土台の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、前記コンクリート床の上面と前記金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、前記金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定して該金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐ金属管閉鎖工程とを有し、
前記据え付け基礎施工方法では、前記空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であって該セメント硬化物の養生期間の経過前に、前記金属蓋によって前記金属管の頂部開口が塞がれ、前記金属蓋によって前記金属管の頂部開口が塞がれた後からセメント硬化物の養生期間が開始し、前記養生期間の経過後に、前記支持ボルトのうちの前記コンクリート床と前記金属板との間に延びる部分が前記セメント硬化物と一体になることを特徴とする据え付け基礎施工方法。 In the construction method of the installation foundation installed at a predetermined location of the steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame,
The installation foundation construction method is a base temporary installation step in which a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to a lower end of the metal pipe is temporarily installed at a predetermined position of the concrete floor; and screwed to the metal plate An installation height adjustment step for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt to the metal plate; A bolt hole first drilling step for drilling a support bolt first insertion hole, and a hole for supporting bolt second insertion in the concrete floor according to the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the metal plate A bolt hole second drilling step of drilling a support bolt third insertion hole in the steel beam; a support bolt inserted into the support bolt first to third insertion holes; and the support bolt is inserted into the metal via a predetermined fixing means. A support bolt fixing step for fixing to a plate and the steel beam, and a frame in which a frame material is installed between the outer peripheral edge of the metal base and the concrete floor to block the gap between the concrete floor and the outer peripheral edge of the base. A material setting step, a cement hardened material filling step of filling a space between the upper surface of the concrete floor and the lower surface of the metal plate, and a metal lid fixed to the top of the metal tube, A metal tube closing process for closing the top opening of
In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after the space is filled with a hardened cement material and before the curing period of the hardened cement material, the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid, and the metal lid After the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the step, a curing period of the hardened cement material starts, and after the curing period, a portion of the support bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate The foundation construction method characterized in that is integrated with the hardened cement material. - 前記金属板が、前記金属管の径方向内方へ延びる第1部分と、前記金属管の径方向外方へ延びる第2部分とを備え、前記ボルト孔第1穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に前記支持ボルト第1挿通孔を穿孔し、前記ボルト孔第2穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせて前記コンクリート床に支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに前記鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔し、前記支持ボルト固定工程では、前記支持ボルト第1~第3挿通孔に支持ボルトを挿通し、所定の固定手段を介して前記支持ボルトを前記金属板の第2部分および前記鉄骨梁に固定する請求項1記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The metal plate includes a first portion extending radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion extending radially outward of the metal tube, and in the bolt hole first drilling step, The support bolt first insertion hole is drilled in a second portion, and in the bolt hole second drilling step, the concrete floor is formed in accordance with the position of the support bolt first insertion hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate. A support bolt second insertion hole is drilled and a support bolt third insertion hole is drilled in the steel beam. In the support bolt fixing step, a support bolt is inserted into the support bolt first to third insertion holes, and a predetermined bolt is inserted. The installation foundation construction method according to claim 1, wherein the support bolt is fixed to the second portion of the metal plate and the steel beam via a fixing means.
- 前記コンクリート床が、前記鉄骨柱および前記鉄骨梁の上に施設されたコンクリートスラブと、前記スラブの上に施設された防水層と、前記防水層の上に施設された押さえコンクリートとから形成され、前記土台仮設置工程では、前記コンクリート床から前記押さえコンクリートと前記防水層とを取り除いて前記スラブを露出させ、前記金属板の第2部分が前記鉄骨梁に施設された前記スラブの上に位置するとともに、前記金属管と前記金属板の第1部分とが前記鉄骨柱と前記鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設された前記スラブの上に位置するように、前記金属土台を仮設置し、前記ボルト孔第2穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に形成された支持ボルト第1挿通孔の位置にあわせて前記スラブに支持ボルト第2挿通孔を穿孔するとともに前記鉄骨梁に支持ボルト第3挿通孔を穿孔する請求項2記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The concrete floor is formed from a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a pressing concrete provided on the waterproof layer, In the temporary foundation installation step, the pressing concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second portion of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam. And temporarily mounting the metal base so that the metal pipe and the first portion of the metal plate are located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam. In the hole second drilling step, the support bolt second insertion hole is drilled in the slab in accordance with the position of the first support bolt insertion hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate. Mounting base construction method according to claim 2, wherein the perforating the support bolt third insertion hole steel beam.
- 鉄骨柱および鉄骨梁から形成された鉄骨躯体と前記鉄骨躯体に施設されたコンクリート床とを有する鉄骨構造物の所定の箇所に設置される据え付け基礎の施工方法において、
前記据え付け基礎施工方法が、金属管と前記金属管の下端につながる金属板とを有する金属土台を前記コンクリート床の所定の箇所に仮設置する土台仮設置工程と、前記金属板に螺着された高さ調節ボルトの該金属板に対する螺着位置を調節することで、前記仮設置された金属土台の前記コンクリート床の上面からの設置高さを調節する設置高さ調節工程と、前記金属板にボルト孔を穿孔するボルト孔穿孔工程と、前記金属板に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせて前記コンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔するアンカーホール穿孔工程と、前記ボルト孔および前記アンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、前記アンカーボルトを前記アンカーホールに固定するとともに所定の固定手段を介して該アンカーボルトを前記金属板に固定するアンカーボルト固定工程と、前記金属土台の外周縁と前記コンクリート床との間に該コンクリート床と該土台の外周縁との間の空隙を塞ぐ枠材を設置する枠材設置工程と、前記コンクリート床の上面と前記金属板の下面との間の空間にセメント硬化物を充填するセメント硬化物充填工程と、前記金属管の頂部に金属蓋を固定して該金属管の頂部開口を塞ぐ金属管閉鎖工程とを有し、
前記据え付け基礎施工方法では、前記空間にセメント硬化物を充填した直後であって該セメント硬化物の養生期間の経過前に、前記金属蓋によって前記金属管の頂部開口が塞がれ、前記金属蓋によって前記金属管の頂部開口が塞がれた後からセメント硬化物の養生期間が開始し、前記養生期間の経過後に、前記アンカーボルトのうちの前記コンクリート床と前記金属板との間に延びる部分が前記セメント硬化物と一体になることを特徴とする据え付け基礎施工方法。 In the construction method of the installation foundation installed at a predetermined location of the steel structure having a steel frame formed from a steel column and a steel beam and a concrete floor provided in the steel frame,
The installation foundation construction method is a base temporary installation step in which a metal base having a metal pipe and a metal plate connected to a lower end of the metal pipe is temporarily installed at a predetermined position of the concrete floor; and screwed to the metal plate An installation height adjustment step for adjusting the installation height of the temporarily installed metal base from the top surface of the concrete floor by adjusting the screwing position of the height adjustment bolt to the metal plate; A bolt hole drilling step for drilling a bolt hole; an anchor hole drilling step for drilling an anchor hole in the concrete floor in accordance with a position of the bolt hole formed in the metal plate; and an anchor bolt in the bolt hole and the anchor hole. The anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the metal plate through a predetermined fixing means. Anchor frame bolt fixing step, a frame material installation step of installing a frame material for closing a gap between the concrete floor and the outer periphery of the foundation between the outer periphery of the metal base and the concrete floor, A cement hardened material filling step of filling a space between the upper surface and the lower surface of the metal plate with a cement hardened material, and a metal tube closing step of closing a top opening of the metal tube by fixing a metal lid to the top of the metal tube And
In the installation foundation construction method, immediately after the space is filled with a hardened cement material and before the curing period of the hardened cement material, the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the metal lid, and the metal lid After the top opening of the metal tube is closed by the step, a curing period of the hardened cement material starts, and after the curing period, a portion of the anchor bolt that extends between the concrete floor and the metal plate The foundation construction method characterized in that is integrated with the hardened cement material. - 前記金属板が、前記金属管の径方向内方へ延びる第1部分と、前記金属管の径方向外方へ延びる第2部分とを備え、前記ボルト孔穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に前記ボルト孔を穿孔し、前記アンカーホール穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせて前記コンクリート床にアンカーホールを穿孔し、前記アンカーボルト固定工程では、前記ボルト孔および前記アンカーホールにアンカーボルトを挿通し、前記アンカーボルトを前記アンカーホールに固定するとともに所定の固定手段を介して前記アンカーボルトを前記金属板の第2部分に固定する請求項4記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The metal plate includes a first portion that extends radially inward of the metal tube and a second portion that extends radially outward of the metal tube. In the bolt hole drilling step, a second portion of the metal plate is provided. In the anchor hole drilling step, the anchor hole is drilled in the concrete floor according to the position of the bolt hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate, and in the anchor bolt fixing step An anchor bolt is inserted into the bolt hole and the anchor hole, the anchor bolt is fixed to the anchor hole, and the anchor bolt is fixed to the second portion of the metal plate through a predetermined fixing means. The installation foundation construction method described.
- 前記コンクリート床が、前記鉄骨柱および前記鉄骨梁の上に施設されたコンクリートスラブと、前記スラブの上に施設された防水層と、前記防水層の上に施設された押さえコンクリートとから形成され、前記土台仮設置工程では、前記コンクリート床から前記押さえコンクリートと前記防水層とを取り除いて前記スラブを露出させ、前記金属板の第2部分が前記鉄骨梁に施設された前記スラブの上に位置するとともに、前記金属管と前記金属板の第1部分とが前記鉄骨柱と前記鉄骨梁との交差箇所に施設された前記スラブの上に位置するように、前記金属土台を仮設置し、前記アンカーホール穿孔工程では、前記金属板の第2部分に形成されたボルト孔の位置にあわせて前記スラブにアンカーホールを穿孔する請求項5記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The concrete floor is formed from a concrete slab provided on the steel column and the steel beam, a waterproof layer provided on the slab, and a pressing concrete provided on the waterproof layer, In the temporary foundation installation step, the pressing concrete and the waterproof layer are removed from the concrete floor to expose the slab, and the second portion of the metal plate is located on the slab provided on the steel beam. And temporarily mounting the metal base so that the metal pipe and the first portion of the metal plate are located on the slab provided at the intersection of the steel column and the steel beam, The mounting base according to claim 5, wherein, in the hole drilling step, an anchor hole is drilled in the slab in accordance with a position of a bolt hole formed in the second portion of the metal plate. Engineering method.
- 前記据え付け基礎施工方法が、前記金属土台を覆う防水層を設置する防水層設置工程を含み、前記防水層設置工程では、前記金属土台の外側に延びる前記防水層を前記コンクリート床の防水層につなげる請求項3または請求項6に記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The installation foundation construction method includes a waterproof layer installation step of installing a waterproof layer covering the metal base, and in the waterproof layer installation step, the waterproof layer extending outside the metal base is connected to the waterproof layer of the concrete floor. The installation foundation construction method according to claim 3 or 6.
- 前記金属板の第2部分には、その周縁から上方へ起立する第1側板と、前記第1側板の間に位置して前記第2部分から上方へ起立する第2側板とが連接され、前記据え付け基礎施工方法では、前記金属板の第2部分と前記第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースに前記セメント硬化物を充填する請求項1ないし請求項7いずれかに記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The second portion of the metal plate is connected to a first side plate that rises upward from a peripheral edge thereof, and a second side plate that is positioned between the first side plate and rises upward from the second portion. The foundation construction method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein in the foundation construction method, the cement hardened material is filled in a space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate.
- 前記金属板の第2部分には、その周縁から上方へ起立する第1側板と、前記第1側板の間に位置して前記第2部分から上方へ起立する第2側板とが連接され、前記据え付け基礎施工方法が、前記金属板の第2部分と前記第1側板とに囲繞されたスペースの頂部に頂板を固定して前記スペースを塞ぐスペース閉鎖工程を含む請求項1ないし請求項7いずれかに記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 The second portion of the metal plate is connected to a first side plate that rises upward from a peripheral edge thereof, and a second side plate that is positioned between the first side plate and rises upward from the second portion. The foundation construction method includes a space closing step of fixing the top plate to a top portion of a space surrounded by the second portion of the metal plate and the first side plate to close the space. The installation foundation construction method described.
- 前記金属板の所定の箇所には、前記空間に前記セメント硬化物を充填するための充填孔が形成され、前記セメント硬化物充填工程では、前記充填孔から前記空間にセメント硬化物を充填する請求項1ないし請求項9いずれかに記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 A filling hole for filling the space with the cement hardened material is formed in a predetermined portion of the metal plate, and the cement hardened material is filled into the space from the filling hole in the cement hardened material filling step. The installation foundation construction method according to any one of Items 1 to 9.
- 前記金属板の所定の箇所には、前記空間に充填された前記セメント硬化物を確認するための確認孔が形成され、前記セメント硬化物充填工程では、前記確認孔から前記空間におけるセメント硬化物の充填状態を確認しつつ、前記空間にセメント硬化物を充填する請求項1ないし請求項10いずれかに記載の据え付け基礎施工方法。 A confirmation hole for confirming the cement hardened material filled in the space is formed in a predetermined portion of the metal plate, and in the cement hardened material filling step, the cement hardened material in the space from the confirmation hole is formed. The installation foundation construction method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the space is filled with a hardened cement material while confirming a filling state.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2010-279462 | 2010-12-15 | ||
JP2010279462 | 2010-12-15 | ||
JP2011273812A JP5921176B2 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2011-12-14 | Installation foundation construction method |
JP2011-273812 | 2011-12-14 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2012081661A1 true WO2012081661A1 (en) | 2012-06-21 |
Family
ID=46244755
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2011/079026 WO2012081661A1 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2011-12-15 | Method of constructing mounting base |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5921176B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012081661A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107191746A (en) * | 2017-05-22 | 2017-09-22 | 新奥泛能网络科技股份有限公司 | The supplement method of base assembly and Equipment Foundations |
CN110397075A (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2019-11-01 | 巨硕精密机械(常熟)有限公司 | Universal horizontal adjusts earth anchor localizer assembly and its installation method |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6027389B2 (en) * | 2012-10-18 | 2016-11-16 | 株式会社竹中工務店 | Foundation structure built using the frame of an existing structure |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH05263506A (en) * | 1992-03-16 | 1993-10-12 | Daiwa House Ind Co Ltd | Fixing device for object on roof or floor |
JPH10205095A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1998-08-04 | Sumitomo Metal Mining Co Ltd | Mounting structure of roof floor handrail |
JP2003138699A (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-14 | Airec Engineering Corp | Method for installing new equipment and foundation member |
JP2006225951A (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-31 | Tajima Roofing Co Ltd | Frame device on waterproof layer, frame device mounting structure on waterproof layer, and frame device mounting method |
JP2009167754A (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-30 | Cosmo System Kk | Base frame for setting facility equipment and method of setting the base frame |
JP3164441U (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2010-12-02 | 日本エフ・アール・ピー株式会社 | The structure of the foundation that supports the installation stand for equipment |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3886776B2 (en) * | 2001-11-02 | 2007-02-28 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Electromagnetic shield method |
US20100175337A1 (en) * | 2009-01-13 | 2010-07-15 | Optisolar Inc. | Flexible roof-mount system and method for solar panels |
-
2011
- 2011-12-14 JP JP2011273812A patent/JP5921176B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-12-15 WO PCT/JP2011/079026 patent/WO2012081661A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH05263506A (en) * | 1992-03-16 | 1993-10-12 | Daiwa House Ind Co Ltd | Fixing device for object on roof or floor |
JPH10205095A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1998-08-04 | Sumitomo Metal Mining Co Ltd | Mounting structure of roof floor handrail |
JP2003138699A (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-14 | Airec Engineering Corp | Method for installing new equipment and foundation member |
JP2006225951A (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-31 | Tajima Roofing Co Ltd | Frame device on waterproof layer, frame device mounting structure on waterproof layer, and frame device mounting method |
JP2009167754A (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-30 | Cosmo System Kk | Base frame for setting facility equipment and method of setting the base frame |
JP3164441U (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2010-12-02 | 日本エフ・アール・ピー株式会社 | The structure of the foundation that supports the installation stand for equipment |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107191746A (en) * | 2017-05-22 | 2017-09-22 | 新奥泛能网络科技股份有限公司 | The supplement method of base assembly and Equipment Foundations |
CN110397075A (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2019-11-01 | 巨硕精密机械(常熟)有限公司 | Universal horizontal adjusts earth anchor localizer assembly and its installation method |
CN110397075B (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2024-03-12 | 巨硕精密机械(常熟)有限公司 | Universal horizontal adjustment ground anchor positioner assembly and installation method thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP5921176B2 (en) | 2016-05-24 |
JP2012140850A (en) | 2012-07-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6041485B2 (en) | Installation base | |
WO2012081652A1 (en) | Mounting base | |
JP5921116B2 (en) | Installation foundation construction method | |
WO2012081653A1 (en) | Method of installing a mounting base | |
JP4597199B2 (en) | Foundation frame for installation of equipment and installation method of the foundation frame | |
JP5576207B2 (en) | Installation foundation and its construction method | |
EP3670774B1 (en) | Prefabricated bathroom and methods for constructing and installing the same | |
JP5921176B2 (en) | Installation foundation construction method | |
CN113482007A (en) | Waist beam supporting structure and construction method thereof | |
JP5927683B1 (en) | Substructure installation method | |
JP5469467B2 (en) | Support structure for equipment on the rooftop | |
KR101862567B1 (en) | Standardization of Mat Foundation assembling House system | |
CN111926860B (en) | Basement steel column water stop treatment method | |
JP6091740B2 (en) | Installation base | |
JP3172665U (en) | Installation base | |
JP5978445B2 (en) | Installation foundation structure | |
CN114875973B (en) | Construction method of concrete well in narrow space | |
CN112227407B (en) | Connecting system and connecting method for prefabricated superposed foundation and prefabricated concrete column | |
CN117005697A (en) | Light self-heat-preservation concrete prefabricated outer wall hanging plate installation construction method | |
CN112832425A (en) | Cast-in-place method for building non-bearing wall by using building solid waste concrete | |
KR20050102552A (en) | Constructing panel and constructing method using the same | |
JP2007040012A (en) | Joint method of reinforced concrete column and beam connecting member |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 11849015 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 11849015 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |